summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat
-rw-r--r--lib/INSTALL320
-rwxr-xr-xlib/config.guess168
-rwxr-xr-xlib/config.sub62
-rwxr-xr-xlib/gendocs.sh154
-rw-r--r--lib/gendocs_template20
-rwxr-xr-xlib/gitlog-to-changelog176
-rwxr-xr-xlib/gnupload6
-rw-r--r--lib/texinfo.tex5110
-rwxr-xr-xlib/update-copyright10
9 files changed, 3894 insertions, 2132 deletions
diff --git a/lib/INSTALL b/lib/INSTALL
index 4cbd15f99..8865734f8 100644
--- a/lib/INSTALL
+++ b/lib/INSTALL
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
Installation Instructions
*************************
-Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2016 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
@@ -12,97 +12,96 @@ without warranty of any kind.
Basic Installation
==================
- Briefly, the shell command `./configure && make && make install'
+ Briefly, the shell command './configure && make && make install'
should configure, build, and install this package. The following
-more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
+more-detailed instructions are generic; see the 'README' file for
instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this
-`INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
+'INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
- The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+ The 'configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
-those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
-It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
-definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+those values to create a 'Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more '.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script 'config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
-file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
-debugging `configure').
+file 'config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging 'configure').
- It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
-and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
-the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is
-disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
-cache files.
+ It can also use an optional file (typically called 'config.cache' and
+enabled with '--cache-file=config.cache' or simply '-C') that saves the
+results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is disabled by
+default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale cache files.
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
-to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
-diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+to figure out how 'configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the 'README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
-some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+some point 'config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
may remove or edit it.
- The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
-`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if
-you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
-of `autoconf'.
+ The file 'configure.ac' (or 'configure.in') is used to create
+'configure' by a program called 'autoconf'. You need 'configure.ac' if
+you want to change it or regenerate 'configure' using a newer version of
+'autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
- 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
- `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
+ 1. 'cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+ './configure' to configure the package for your system.
- Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
+ Running 'configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
some messages telling which features it is checking for.
- 2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+ 2. Type 'make' to compile the package.
- 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+ 3. Optionally, type 'make check' to run any self-tests that come with
the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
- 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+ 4. Type 'make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
- user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root
+ user, and only the 'make install' phase executed with root
privileges.
- 5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
+ 5. Optionally, type 'make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
This target does not install anything. Running this target as a
- regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required
+ regular user, particularly if the prior 'make install' required
root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
correctly.
6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
- source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
- files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
- a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
- also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+ source code directory by typing 'make clean'. To also remove the
+ files that 'configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+ a different kind of computer), type 'make distclean'. There is
+ also a 'make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
- 7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
+ 7. Often, you can also type 'make uninstall' to remove the installed
files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that
uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
GNU Coding Standards.
- 8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make
+ 8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide 'make
distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
- targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly.
+ targets like 'make install' and 'make uninstall' work correctly.
This target is generally not run by end users.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
-the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help'
+the 'configure' script does not know about. Run './configure --help'
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
- You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
-by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
-is an example:
+ You can give 'configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here is
+an example:
./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
@@ -113,21 +112,21 @@ Compiling For Multiple Architectures
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
-own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the
+own directory. To do this, you can use GNU 'make'. 'cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
-the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
-source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. This
-is known as a "VPATH" build.
+the 'configure' script. 'configure' automatically checks for the source
+code in the directory that 'configure' is in and in '..'. This is known
+as a "VPATH" build.
- With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
+ With a non-GNU 'make', it is safer to compile the package for one
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
-installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
+installed the package for one architecture, use 'make distclean' before
reconfiguring for another architecture.
On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
-"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
-compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
+"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple '-arch' options to the
+compiler but only a single '-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
this:
./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
@@ -136,105 +135,104 @@ this:
This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
-using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
+using the 'lipo' tool if you have problems.
Installation Names
==================
- By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
-`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You
-can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
-`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
+ By default, 'make install' installs the package's commands under
+'/usr/local/bin', include files under '/usr/local/include', etc. You
+can specify an installation prefix other than '/usr/local' by giving
+'configure' the option '--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
absolute file name.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
-pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
+pass the option '--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to 'configure', the package uses
PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
-options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
-kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
-you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the
-default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that
-specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
+options like '--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files. Run 'configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the default
+for these options is expressed in terms of '${prefix}', so that
+specifying just '--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
specifications that were not explicitly provided.
The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
-correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or
+correct locations to 'configure'; however, many packages provide one or
both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
-`make install' command line to change installation locations without
+'make install' command line to change installation locations without
having to reconfigure or recompile.
The first method involves providing an override variable for each
-affected directory. For example, `make install
+affected directory. For example, 'make install
prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
-`${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during `configure',
-but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install
-time for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of
-makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by
-the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation.
-However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of
-shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this
-method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
-
- The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable. For
-example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
-`/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of
-`DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
+'${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during 'configure',
+but not in terms of '${prefix}', must each be overridden at install time
+for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of makefile
+variable overrides for each directory variable is required by the GNU
+Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation. However, some
+platforms have known limitations with the semantics of shared libraries
+that end up requiring recompilation when using this method, particularly
+noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
+
+ The second method involves providing the 'DESTDIR' variable. For
+example, 'make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
+'/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of
+'DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand,
it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
-when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}'
-at `configure' time.
+when some directory options were not specified in terms of '${prefix}'
+at 'configure' time.
Optional Features
=================
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
-with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
-option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
-
- Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
-`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
-They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
-is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
-`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving 'configure' the
+option '--program-prefix=PREFIX' or '--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+ Some packages pay attention to '--enable-FEATURE' options to
+'configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to '--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like 'gnu-as' or 'x' (for the X Window System). The
+'README' should mention any '--enable-' and '--with-' options that the
package recognizes.
- For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+ For packages that use the X Window System, 'configure' can usually
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
-you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
-`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+you can use the 'configure' options '--x-includes=DIR' and
+'--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
-execution of `make' will be. For these packages, running `./configure
+execution of 'make' will be. For these packages, running './configure
--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
-overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure
+overridden with 'make V=1'; while running './configure
--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
-overridden with `make V=0'.
+overridden with 'make V=0'.
Particular systems
==================
- On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU
-CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
+ On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU CC
+is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
order to use an ANSI C compiler:
./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
- HP-UX `make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as
-their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped
-generated files such as `configure' are involved. Use GNU `make'
-instead.
+ HP-UX 'make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as their
+prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped generated
+files such as 'configure' are involved. Use GNU 'make' instead.
On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
-parse its `<wchar.h>' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as
-a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
-to try
+parse its '<wchar.h>' header file. The option '-nodtk' can be used as a
+workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended to
+try
./configure CC="cc"
@@ -242,26 +240,26 @@ and if that doesn't work, try
./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
- On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'. This
+ On Solaris, don't put '/usr/ucb' early in your 'PATH'. This
directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
-these programs are available in `/usr/bin'. So, if you need `/usr/ucb'
-in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'.
+these programs are available in '/usr/bin'. So, if you need '/usr/ucb'
+in your 'PATH', put it _after_ '/usr/bin'.
- On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common',
-not `/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options:
+ On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in '/boot/common',
+not '/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options:
./configure --prefix=/boot/common
Specifying the System Type
==========================
- There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
+ There may be some features 'configure' cannot figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
-_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+_same_ architectures, 'configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
-`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
-type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+'--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as 'sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
@@ -270,101 +268,101 @@ where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS
KERNEL-OS
- See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
-`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+ See the file 'config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
+'config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the machine type.
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
-use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
+use the option '--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
produce code for.
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
-eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+eventually be run) with '--host=TYPE'.
Sharing Defaults
================
- If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
-you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
-default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
-`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
-`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
-`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
-A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+ If you want to set default values for 'configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called 'config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like 'CC', 'cache_file', and 'prefix'.
+'configure' looks for 'PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+'PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
+'CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all 'configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
-environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
+environment passed to 'configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
-them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
+them in the 'configure' command line, using 'VAR=value'. For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
-causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+causes the specified 'gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
-Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
-an Autoconf limitation. Until the limitation is lifted, you can use
-this workaround:
+Unfortunately, this technique does not work for 'CONFIG_SHELL' due to an
+Autoconf limitation. Until the limitation is lifted, you can use this
+workaround:
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
-`configure' Invocation
+'configure' Invocation
======================
- `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+ 'configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
-`--help'
-`-h'
- Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
+'--help'
+'-h'
+ Print a summary of all of the options to 'configure', and exit.
-`--help=short'
-`--help=recursive'
+'--help=short'
+'--help=recursive'
Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
- `configure', and exit. The `short' variant lists options used
- only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
- also present in any nested packages.
+ 'configure', and exit. The 'short' variant lists options used only
+ in the top level, while the 'recursive' variant lists options also
+ present in any nested packages.
-`--version'
-`-V'
- Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+'--version'
+'-V'
+ Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the 'configure'
script, and exit.
-`--cache-file=FILE'
+'--cache-file=FILE'
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
- traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+ traditionally 'config.cache'. FILE defaults to '/dev/null' to
disable caching.
-`--config-cache'
-`-C'
- Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+'--config-cache'
+'-C'
+ Alias for '--cache-file=config.cache'.
-`--quiet'
-`--silent'
-`-q'
+'--quiet'
+'--silent'
+'-q'
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
- suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+ suppress all normal output, redirect it to '/dev/null' (any error
messages will still be shown).
-`--srcdir=DIR'
+'--srcdir=DIR'
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
- `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+ 'configure' can determine that directory automatically.
-`--prefix=DIR'
- Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names::
- for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
- the installation locations.
+'--prefix=DIR'
+ Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names:: for
+ more details, including other options available for fine-tuning the
+ installation locations.
-`--no-create'
-`-n'
+'--no-create'
+'-n'
Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
files.
-`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
-`configure --help' for more details.
+'configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
+'configure --help' for more details.
diff --git a/lib/config.guess b/lib/config.guess
index dbfb9786c..1000e2bd9 100755
--- a/lib/config.guess
+++ b/lib/config.guess
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-# Copyright 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1992-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-timestamp='2015-01-01'
+timestamp='2017-02-07'
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ timestamp='2015-01-01'
# Originally written by Per Bothner; maintained since 2000 by Ben Elliston.
#
# You can get the latest version of this script from:
-# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
+# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess
#
# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ version="\
GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
Originally written by Per Bothner.
-Copyright 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 1992-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
@@ -168,19 +168,29 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
# portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown".
sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
- UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
- /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(uname -p 2>/dev/null || \
+ /sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
+ /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
+ echo unknown)`
case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
+ earmv*)
+ arch=`echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH} | sed -e 's,^e\(armv[0-9]\).*$,\1,'`
+ endian=`echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH} | sed -ne 's,^.*\(eb\)$,\1,p'`
+ machine=${arch}${endian}-unknown
+ ;;
*) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
esac
# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
- # to ELF recently, or will in the future.
+ # to ELF recently (or will in the future) and ABI.
case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+ earm*)
+ os=netbsdelf
+ ;;
arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
eval $set_cc_for_build
if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
@@ -197,6 +207,13 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
os=netbsd
;;
esac
+ # Determine ABI tags.
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+ earm*)
+ expr='s/^earmv[0-9]/-eabi/;s/eb$//'
+ abi=`echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH} | sed -e "$expr"`
+ ;;
+ esac
# The OS release
# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
@@ -207,13 +224,13 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
release='-gnu'
;;
*)
- release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+ release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/[-_].*//' | cut -d. -f1,2`
;;
esac
# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
- echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
+ echo "${machine}-${os}${release}${abi}"
exit ;;
*:Bitrig:*:*)
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'`
@@ -223,6 +240,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
+ *:LibertyBSD:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/^.*BSD\.//'`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-libertybsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
*:ekkoBSD:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
@@ -235,6 +256,9 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
*:MirBSD:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
+ *:Sortix:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sortix
+ exit ;;
alpha:OSF1:*:*)
case $UNAME_RELEASE in
*4.0)
@@ -251,42 +275,42 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
"EV4 (21064)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
"EV4.5 (21064)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
"LCA4 (21066/21068)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
"EV5 (21164)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
"EV5.6 (21164A)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
"EV5.6 (21164PC)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
"EV5.7 (21164PC)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca57 ;;
"EV6 (21264)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
"EV6.7 (21264A)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
"EV6.8CB (21264C)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
"EV6.8AL (21264B)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
"EV6.8CX (21264D)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
"EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev69 ;;
"EV7 (21364)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev7 ;;
"EV7.9 (21364A)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev79 ;;
esac
# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
# A Vn.n version is a released version.
# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz`
# Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code.
exitcode=$?
trap '' 0
@@ -359,16 +383,16 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
exit ;;
i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
eval $set_cc_for_build
- SUN_ARCH="i386"
+ SUN_ARCH=i386
# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
# This test works for both compilers.
- if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
+ if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found ]; then
if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
- (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
then
- SUN_ARCH="x86_64"
+ SUN_ARCH=x86_64
fi
fi
echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
@@ -393,7 +417,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
exit ;;
sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
- test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
+ test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = x && UNAME_RELEASE=3
case "`/bin/arch`" in
sun3)
echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
@@ -618,13 +642,13 @@ EOF
sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
- 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
- 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+ 523) HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+ 528) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
- 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
- 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
- '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20
+ 32) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0n ;;
+ 64) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w ;;
+ '') HP_ARCH=hppa2.0 ;; # HP-UX 10.20
esac ;;
esac
fi
@@ -663,11 +687,11 @@ EOF
exit (0);
}
EOF
- (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
+ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
fi ;;
esac
- if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
+ if [ ${HP_ARCH} = hppa2.0w ]
then
eval $set_cc_for_build
@@ -680,12 +704,12 @@ EOF
# $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
# => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
- if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
+ if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
grep -q __LP64__
then
- HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
+ HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w
else
- HP_ARCH="hppa64"
+ HP_ARCH=hppa64
fi
fi
echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
@@ -790,14 +814,14 @@ EOF
echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
exit ;;
F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
- FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
- FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz`
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'`
FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit ;;
5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
- FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
- FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
exit ;;
i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
@@ -879,7 +903,7 @@ EOF
exit ;;
*:GNU/*:*:*)
# other systems with GNU libc and userland
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-${LIBC}
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr "[:upper:]" "[:lower:]"``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-${LIBC}
exit ;;
i*86:Minix:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
@@ -902,7 +926,7 @@ EOF
EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
esac
objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
- if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="gnulibc1" ; fi
+ if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC=gnulibc1 ; fi
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:*)
@@ -933,6 +957,9 @@ EOF
crisv32:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
+ e2k:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+ exit ;;
frv:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
@@ -945,6 +972,9 @@ EOF
ia64:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
+ k1om:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+ exit ;;
m32r*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
@@ -970,6 +1000,9 @@ EOF
eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'`
test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}"; exit; }
;;
+ mips64el:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+ exit ;;
openrisc*:Linux:*:*)
echo or1k-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
@@ -1002,6 +1035,9 @@ EOF
ppcle:Linux:*:*)
echo powerpcle-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
+ riscv32:Linux:*:* | riscv64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+ exit ;;
s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
@@ -1021,7 +1057,7 @@ EOF
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
x86_64:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}
exit ;;
xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
@@ -1100,7 +1136,7 @@ EOF
# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
- # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
+ # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configure will decide that
# this is a cross-build.
echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
exit ;;
@@ -1249,6 +1285,9 @@ EOF
SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
+ SX-ACE:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sxace-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
@@ -1262,9 +1301,9 @@ EOF
UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc
fi
if test `echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\..*//'` -le 10 ; then
- if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
+ if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found ]; then
if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
- (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
then
case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
@@ -1286,7 +1325,7 @@ EOF
exit ;;
*:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
- if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
+ if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = x86; then
UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
UNAME_MACHINE=pc
fi
@@ -1304,6 +1343,9 @@ EOF
NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit ;;
+ NSX-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ echo nsx-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit ;;
*:NonStop-UX:*:*)
echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
exit ;;
@@ -1317,7 +1359,7 @@ EOF
# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
# operating systems.
- if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
+ if test "$cputype" = 386; then
UNAME_MACHINE=i386
else
UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
@@ -1359,7 +1401,7 @@ EOF
echo i386-pc-xenix
exit ;;
i*86:skyos:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ .*$//'`
exit ;;
i*86:rdos:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
@@ -1370,23 +1412,25 @@ EOF
x86_64:VMkernel:*:*)
echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-esx
exit ;;
+ amd64:Isilon\ OneFS:*:*)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-onefs
+ exit ;;
esac
cat >&2 <<EOF
$0: unable to guess system type
-This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
-the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
-download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
+This script (version $timestamp), has failed to recognize the
+operating system you are using. If your script is old, overwrite
+config.guess and config.sub with the latest versions from:
- http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
+ http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess
and
- http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
+ http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub
-If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
-send the following data and any information you think might be
-pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
-information to handle your system.
+If $0 has already been updated, send the following data and any
+information you think might be pertinent to config-patches@gnu.org to
+provide the necessary information to handle your system.
config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
diff --git a/lib/config.sub b/lib/config.sub
index 6d2e94c8b..87abeab6c 100755
--- a/lib/config.sub
+++ b/lib/config.sub
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Configuration validation subroutine script.
-# Copyright 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1992-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-timestamp='2015-01-01'
+timestamp='2017-02-07'
# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ timestamp='2015-01-01'
# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
# You can get the latest version of this script from:
-# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
+# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub
# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
@@ -53,8 +53,7 @@ timestamp='2015-01-01'
me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
- $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
+Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS or ALIAS
Canonicalize a configuration name.
@@ -68,7 +67,7 @@ Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
version="\
GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
-Copyright 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 1992-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
@@ -117,8 +116,8 @@ maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
case $maybe_os in
nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \
linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \
- knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
- kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
+ knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-eabi* | \
+ kopensolaris*-gnu* | cloudabi*-eabi* | \
storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
os=-$maybe_os
basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
@@ -255,11 +254,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
| arc | arceb \
| arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2-8] | armv[3-8][lb] | armv7[arm] \
| avr | avr32 \
+ | ba \
| be32 | be64 \
| bfin \
| c4x | c8051 | clipper \
| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
- | epiphany \
+ | e2k | epiphany \
| fido | fr30 | frv | ft32 \
| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
| hexagon \
@@ -301,11 +301,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
| open8 | or1k | or1knd | or32 \
| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle \
+ | pru \
| pyramid \
| riscv32 | riscv64 \
| rl78 | rx \
| score \
- | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+ | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[234]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
| sh64 | sh64le \
| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
@@ -376,12 +377,13 @@ case $basic_machine in
| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* | arceb-* \
| arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
| avr-* | avr32-* \
+ | ba-* \
| be32-* | be64-* \
| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \
| c8051-* | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
- | elxsi-* \
+ | e2k-* | elxsi-* \
| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
| h8300-* | h8500-* \
| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
@@ -427,13 +429,15 @@ case $basic_machine in
| orion-* \
| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* \
+ | pru-* \
| pyramid-* \
+ | riscv32-* | riscv64-* \
| rl78-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \
| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
| sparclite-* \
- | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+ | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | sv1-* | sx*-* \
| tahoe-* \
| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
| tile*-* \
@@ -518,6 +522,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=i386-pc
os=-aros
;;
+ asmjs)
+ basic_machine=asmjs-unknown
+ ;;
aux)
basic_machine=m68k-apple
os=-aux
@@ -638,6 +645,14 @@ case $basic_machine in
basic_machine=m68k-bull
os=-sysv3
;;
+ e500v[12])
+ basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+ os=$os"spe"
+ ;;
+ e500v[12]-*)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+ os=$os"spe"
+ ;;
ebmon29k)
basic_machine=a29k-amd
os=-ebmon
@@ -933,6 +948,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
nsr-tandem)
basic_machine=nsr-tandem
;;
+ nsx-tandem)
+ basic_machine=nsx-tandem
+ ;;
op50n-* | op60c-*)
basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
os=-proelf
@@ -1017,7 +1035,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
ppc-* | ppcbe-*)
basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
- ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
+ ppcle | powerpclittle)
basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
;;
ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
@@ -1027,7 +1045,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
;;
ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
;;
- ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
+ ppc64le | powerpc64little)
basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
;;
ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
@@ -1373,18 +1391,18 @@ case $os in
| -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \
| -sym* | -kopensolaris* | -plan9* \
| -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
- | -aos* | -aros* \
+ | -aos* | -aros* | -cloudabi* | -sortix* \
| -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
| -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
| -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
- | -bitrig* | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
+ | -bitrig* | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* | -libertybsd* \
| -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
| -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
| -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
| -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
- | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
+ | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* | -glidix* \
| -cygwin* | -msys* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
- | -mingw32* | -mingw64* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \
+ | -midipix* | -mingw32* | -mingw64* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \
| -linux-newlib* | -linux-musl* | -linux-uclibc* \
| -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* | -moxiebox* \
| -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
@@ -1393,7 +1411,8 @@ case $os in
| -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
| -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
| -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
- | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es* | -tirtos*)
+ | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es* \
+ | -onefs* | -tirtos* | -phoenix* | -fuchsia* | -redox*)
# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
;;
-qnx*)
@@ -1525,6 +1544,8 @@ case $os in
;;
-nacl*)
;;
+ -ios)
+ ;;
-none)
;;
*)
@@ -1620,6 +1641,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
sparc-* | *-sun)
os=-sunos4.1.1
;;
+ pru-*)
+ os=-elf
+ ;;
*-be)
os=-beos
;;
diff --git a/lib/gendocs.sh b/lib/gendocs.sh
index e4bfc9fd2..3b71b36a2 100755
--- a/lib/gendocs.sh
+++ b/lib/gendocs.sh
@@ -2,10 +2,9 @@
# gendocs.sh -- generate a GNU manual in many formats. This script is
# mentioned in maintain.texi. See the help message below for usage details.
-scriptversion=2013-02-03.15
+scriptversion=2016-12-31.18
-# Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 2003-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,17 +20,16 @@ scriptversion=2013-02-03.15
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Original author: Mohit Agarwal.
-# Send bug reports and any other correspondence to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.
+# Send bug reports and any other correspondence to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
#
# The latest version of this script, and the companion template, is
-# available from Texinfo CVS:
-# http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/texinfo/texinfo/util/gendocs.sh
-# http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/texinfo/texinfo/util/gendocs_template
+# available from the Gnulib repository:
#
-# An up-to-date copy is also maintained in Gnulib (gnu.org/software/gnulib).
+# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/tree/build-aux/gendocs.sh
+# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/tree/doc/gendocs_template
# TODO:
-# - image importation was only implemented for HTML generated by
+# - image importing was only implemented for HTML generated by
# makeinfo. But it should be simple enough to adjust.
# - images are not imported in the source tarball. All the needed
# formats (PDF, PNG, etc.) should be included.
@@ -39,12 +37,12 @@ scriptversion=2013-02-03.15
prog=`basename "$0"`
srcdir=`pwd`
-scripturl="http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/~checkout~/texinfo/texinfo/util/gendocs.sh"
-templateurl="http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/~checkout~/texinfo/texinfo/util/gendocs_template"
+scripturl="http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/plain/build-aux/gendocs.sh"
+templateurl="http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/plain/doc/gendocs_template"
: ${SETLANG="env LANG= LC_MESSAGES= LC_ALL= LANGUAGE="}
: ${MAKEINFO="makeinfo"}
-: ${TEXI2DVI="texi2dvi -t @finalout"}
+: ${TEXI2DVI="texi2dvi"}
: ${DOCBOOK2HTML="docbook2html"}
: ${DOCBOOK2PDF="docbook2pdf"}
: ${DOCBOOK2TXT="docbook2txt"}
@@ -54,9 +52,27 @@ templateurl="http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/~checkout~/texinfo/texinfo/
unset CDPATH
unset use_texi2html
+MANUAL_TITLE=
+PACKAGE=
+EMAIL=webmasters@gnu.org # please override with --email
+commonarg= # passed to all makeinfo/texi2html invcations.
+dirargs= # passed to all tools (-I dir).
+dirs= # -I directories.
+htmlarg="--css-ref=/software/gnulib/manual.css -c TOP_NODE_UP_URL=/manual"
+infoarg=--no-split
+generate_ascii=true
+generate_html=true
+generate_info=true
+generate_tex=true
+outdir=manual
+source_extra=
+split=node
+srcfile=
+texarg="-t @finalout"
+
version="gendocs.sh $scriptversion
-Copyright 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."
@@ -75,11 +91,16 @@ Options:
-o OUTDIR write files into OUTDIR, instead of manual/.
-I DIR append DIR to the Texinfo search path.
--common ARG pass ARG in all invocations.
- --html ARG pass ARG to makeinfo or texi2html for HTML targets.
+ --html ARG pass ARG to makeinfo or texi2html for HTML targets,
+ instead of '$htmlarg'.
--info ARG pass ARG to makeinfo for Info, instead of --no-split.
--no-ascii skip generating the plain text output.
+ --no-html skip generating the html output.
+ --no-info skip generating the info output.
+ --no-tex skip generating the dvi and pdf output.
--source ARG include ARG in tar archive of sources.
--split HOW make split HTML by node, section, chapter; default node.
+ --tex ARG pass ARG to texi2dvi for DVI and PDF, instead of -t @finalout.
--texi2html use texi2html to make HTML target, with all split versions.
--docbook convert through DocBook too (xml, txt, html, pdf).
@@ -131,23 +152,9 @@ locale, since that's the language of most Texinfo manuals. If you
happen to have a non-English manual and non-English web site, see the
SETLANG setting in the source.
-Email bug reports or enhancement requests to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.
+Email bug reports or enhancement requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
"
-MANUAL_TITLE=
-PACKAGE=
-EMAIL=webmasters@gnu.org # please override with --email
-commonarg= # passed to all makeinfo/texi2html invcations.
-dirargs= # passed to all tools (-I dir).
-dirs= # -I's directories.
-htmlarg=
-infoarg=--no-split
-generate_ascii=true
-outdir=manual
-source_extra=
-split=node
-srcfile=
-
while test $# -gt 0; do
case $1 in
-s) shift; srcfile=$1;;
@@ -159,8 +166,12 @@ while test $# -gt 0; do
--html) shift; htmlarg=$1;;
--info) shift; infoarg=$1;;
--no-ascii) generate_ascii=false;;
+ --no-html) generate_ascii=false;;
+ --no-info) generate_info=false;;
+ --no-tex) generate_tex=false;;
--source) shift; source_extra=$1;;
--split) shift; split=$1;;
+ --tex) shift; texarg=$1;;
--texi2html) use_texi2html=1;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit 0;;
@@ -221,8 +232,9 @@ calcsize()
# copy_images OUTDIR HTML-FILE...
# -------------------------------
-# Copy all the images needed by the HTML-FILEs into OUTDIR. Look
-# for them in the -I directories.
+# Copy all the images needed by the HTML-FILEs into OUTDIR.
+# Look for them in . and the -I directories; this is simpler than what
+# makeinfo supports with -I, but hopefully it will suffice.
copy_images()
{
local odir
@@ -232,7 +244,7 @@ copy_images()
BEGIN {
\$me = '$prog';
\$odir = '$odir';
- @dirs = qw($dirs);
+ @dirs = qw(. $dirs);
}
" -e '
/<img src="(.*?)"/g && ++$need{$1};
@@ -270,31 +282,39 @@ echo "Making output for $srcfile"
echo " in `pwd`"
mkdir -p "$outdir/"
-cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO -o $PACKAGE.info $commonarg $infoarg \"$srcfile\""
-echo "Generating info... ($cmd)"
-eval "$cmd"
-tar czf "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz" $PACKAGE.info*
-ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz"
-info_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz"`
-# do not mv the info files, there's no point in having them available
-# separately on the web.
-
-cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI $dirargs \"$srcfile\""
-printf "\nGenerating dvi... ($cmd)\n"
-eval "$cmd"
-# compress/finish dvi:
-gzip -f -9 $PACKAGE.dvi
-dvi_gz_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.dvi.gz`
-mv $PACKAGE.dvi.gz "$outdir/"
-ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.dvi.gz"
-
-cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI --pdf $dirargs \"$srcfile\""
-printf "\nGenerating pdf... ($cmd)\n"
-eval "$cmd"
-pdf_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.pdf`
-mv $PACKAGE.pdf "$outdir/"
-ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.pdf"
+#
+if $generate_info; then
+ cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO -o $PACKAGE.info $commonarg $infoarg \"$srcfile\""
+ echo "Generating info... ($cmd)"
+ rm -f $PACKAGE.info* # get rid of any strays
+ eval "$cmd"
+ tar czf "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz" $PACKAGE.info*
+ ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz"
+ info_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz"`
+ # do not mv the info files, there's no point in having them available
+ # separately on the web.
+fi # end info
+
+#
+if $generate_tex; then
+ cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI $dirargs $texarg \"$srcfile\""
+ printf "\nGenerating dvi... ($cmd)\n"
+ eval "$cmd"
+ # compress/finish dvi:
+ gzip -f -9 $PACKAGE.dvi
+ dvi_gz_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.dvi.gz`
+ mv $PACKAGE.dvi.gz "$outdir/"
+ ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.dvi.gz"
+
+ cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI --pdf $dirargs $texarg \"$srcfile\""
+ printf "\nGenerating pdf... ($cmd)\n"
+ eval "$cmd"
+ pdf_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.pdf`
+ mv $PACKAGE.pdf "$outdir/"
+ ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.pdf"
+fi # end tex (dvi + pdf)
+#
if $generate_ascii; then
opt="-o $PACKAGE.txt --no-split --no-headers $commonarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
@@ -307,6 +327,10 @@ if $generate_ascii; then
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt" "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"
fi
+#
+
+if $generate_html; then
+# Split HTML at level $1. Used for texi2html.
html_split()
{
opt="--split=$1 --node-files $commonarg $htmlarg"
@@ -339,7 +363,16 @@ if test -z "$use_texi2html"; then
mv $PACKAGE.html "$outdir/"
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html" "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"
- opt="--html -o $PACKAGE.html --split=$split $commonarg $htmlarg"
+ # Before Texinfo 5.0, makeinfo did not accept a --split=HOW option,
+ # it just always split by node. So if we're splitting by node anyway,
+ # leave it out.
+ if test "x$split" = xnode; then
+ split_arg=
+ else
+ split_arg=--split=$split
+ fi
+ #
+ opt="--html -o $PACKAGE.html $split_arg $commonarg $htmlarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating html by $split... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
@@ -371,7 +404,9 @@ else # use texi2html:
html_split chapter
html_split section
fi
+fi # end html
+#
printf "\nMaking .tar.gz for sources...\n"
d=`dirname $srcfile`
(
@@ -382,6 +417,8 @@ d=`dirname $srcfile`
)
texi_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz"`
+#
+# Do everything again through docbook.
if test -n "$docbook"; then
opt="-o - --docbook $commonarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\" >${srcdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml"
@@ -420,7 +457,8 @@ if test -n "$docbook"; then
mv $PACKAGE-db.pdf "$outdir/"
fi
-printf "\nMaking index file...\n"
+#
+printf "\nMaking index.html for $PACKAGE...\n"
if test -z "$use_texi2html"; then
CONDS="/%%IF *HTML_SECTION%%/,/%%ENDIF *HTML_SECTION%%/d;\
/%%IF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/,/%%ENDIF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/d"
diff --git a/lib/gendocs_template b/lib/gendocs_template
index 63fbe539a..178f6cb4c 100644
--- a/lib/gendocs_template
+++ b/lib/gendocs_template
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
<!--#include virtual="/server/header.html" -->
-<title>%%TITLE%% - GNU Project - Free Software Foundation (FSF)</title>
+<!-- Parent-Version: 1.77 -->
+<title>%%TITLE%% - GNU Project - Free Software Foundation</title>
<!--#include virtual="/server/banner.html" -->
<h2>%%TITLE%%</h2>
@@ -67,19 +68,22 @@ script</a>.)</p>
</div><!-- for id="content", starts in the include above -->
<!--#include virtual="/server/footer.html" -->
<div id="footer">
+<div class="unprintable">
<p>Please send general FSF &amp; GNU inquiries to
<a href="mailto:gnu@gnu.org">&lt;gnu@gnu.org&gt;</a>.
There are also <a href="/contact/">other ways to contact</a>
-the FSF.<br />
-Please send broken links and other corrections or suggestions to
-<a href="mailto:%%EMAIL%%">&lt;%%EMAIL%%&gt;</a>.</p>
+the FSF. Broken links and other corrections or suggestions can be sent
+to <a href="mailto:%%EMAIL%%">&lt;%%EMAIL%%&gt;</a>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Copyright &copy; 2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.</p>
-<p>Copyright &copy; 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.</p>
+<p>This page is licensed under a <a rel="license"
+href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/3.0/us/">Creative
+Commons Attribution-NoDerivs 3.0 United States License</a>.</p>
-<p>Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article are
-permitted worldwide, without royalty, in any medium, provided this
-notice, and the copyright notice, are preserved.</p>
+<!--#include virtual="/server/bottom-notes.html" -->
</div>
</div>
diff --git a/lib/gitlog-to-changelog b/lib/gitlog-to-changelog
index de934c2da..cf1642546 100755
--- a/lib/gitlog-to-changelog
+++ b/lib/gitlog-to-changelog
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
-eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" ${1+"$@"}'
+eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" "$@"'
& eval 'exec perl -wS "$0" $argv:q'
if 0;
# Convert git log output to ChangeLog format.
-my $VERSION = '2014-11-20 17:25'; # UTC
+my $VERSION = '2016-03-22 21:49'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
-# Copyright (C) 2008-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2008-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -73,6 +73,8 @@ OPTIONS:
--since=DATE convert only the logs since DATE;
the default is to convert all log entries.
--until=DATE convert only the logs older than DATE.
+ --ignore-matching=PAT ignore commit messages whose first lines match PAT.
+ --ignore-line=PAT ignore lines of commit messages that match PAT.
--format=FMT set format string for commit subject and body;
see 'man git-log' for the list of format metacharacters;
the default is '%s%n%b%n'
@@ -226,6 +228,8 @@ sub git_dir_option($)
my $amend_file;
my $append_dot = 0;
my $cluster = 1;
+ my $ignore_matching;
+ my $ignore_line;
my $strip_tab = 0;
my $strip_cherry_pick = 0;
my $srcdir;
@@ -239,6 +243,8 @@ sub git_dir_option($)
'amend=s' => \$amend_file,
'append-dot' => \$append_dot,
'cluster!' => \$cluster,
+ 'ignore-matching=s' => \$ignore_matching,
+ 'ignore-line=s' => \$ignore_line,
'strip-tab' => \$strip_tab,
'strip-cherry-pick' => \$strip_cherry_pick,
'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir,
@@ -264,6 +270,7 @@ sub git_dir_option($)
my $prev_multi_paragraph;
my $prev_date_line = '';
my @prev_coauthors = ();
+ my @skipshas = ();
while (1)
{
defined (my $in = <PIPE>)
@@ -284,6 +291,19 @@ sub git_dir_option($)
$sha =~ /^[0-9a-fA-F]{40}$/
or die "$ME:$.: invalid SHA1: $sha\n";
+ my $skipflag = 0;
+ if (@skipshas)
+ {
+ foreach(@skipshas)
+ {
+ if ($sha =~ /^$_/)
+ {
+ $skipflag = $_;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
# If this commit's log requires any transformation, do it now.
my $code = $amend_code->{$sha};
if (defined $code)
@@ -311,7 +331,7 @@ sub git_dir_option($)
$rest =~ s/^\s*\(cherry picked from commit [\da-f]+\)\n//m;
}
- my @line = split "\n", $rest;
+ my @line = split /[ \t]*\n/, $rest;
my $author_line = shift @line;
defined $author_line
or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n";
@@ -321,17 +341,18 @@ sub git_dir_option($)
# Format 'Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes' as a standard ChangeLog
# `(tiny change)' annotation.
- my $tiny = (grep (/^Copyright-paperwork-exempt:\s+[Yy]es$/, @line)
+ my $tiny = (grep (/^(?:Copyright-paperwork-exempt|Tiny-change):\s+[Yy]es$/, @line)
? ' (tiny change)' : '');
my $date_line = sprintf "%s %s$tiny\n",
- strftime ("%F", localtime ($1)), $2;
+ strftime ("%Y-%m-%d", localtime ($1)), $2;
my @coauthors = grep /^Co-authored-by:.*$/, @line;
# Omit meta-data lines we've already interpreted.
@line = grep !/^(?:Signed-off-by:[ ].*>$
|Co-authored-by:[ ]
|Copyright-paperwork-exempt:[ ]
+ |Tiny-change:[ ]
)/x, @line;
# Remove leading and trailing blank lines.
@@ -341,68 +362,109 @@ sub git_dir_option($)
while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; }
}
- # Record whether there are two or more paragraphs.
- my $multi_paragraph = grep /^\s*$/, @line;
-
- # Format 'Co-authored-by: A U Thor <email@example.com>' lines in
- # standard multi-author ChangeLog format.
- for (@coauthors)
+ # Handle Emacs gitmerge.el "skipped" commits.
+ # Yes, this should be controlled by an option. So sue me.
+ if ( grep /^(; )?Merge from /, @line )
+ {
+ my $found = 0;
+ foreach (@line)
+ {
+ if (grep /^The following commit.*skipped:$/, $_)
+ {
+ $found = 1;
+ ## Reset at each merge to reduce chance of false matches.
+ @skipshas = ();
+ next;
+ }
+ if ($found && $_ =~ /^([0-9a-fA-F]{7,}) [^ ]/)
+ {
+ push ( @skipshas, $1 );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Ignore commits that match the --ignore-matching pattern, if specified.
+ if (defined $ignore_matching && @line && $line[0] =~ /$ignore_matching/)
{
- s/^Co-authored-by:\s*/\t /;
- s/\s*</ </;
-
- /<.*?@.*\..*>/
- or warn "$ME: warning: missing email address for "
- . substr ($_, 5) . "\n";
+ $skipflag = 1;
}
-
- # If clustering of commit messages has been disabled, if this header
- # would be different from the previous date/name/email/coauthors header,
- # or if this or the previous entry consists of two or more paragraphs,
- # then print the header.
- if ( ! $cluster
- || $date_line ne $prev_date_line
- || "@coauthors" ne "@prev_coauthors"
- || $multi_paragraph
- || $prev_multi_paragraph)
+ elsif ($skipflag)
{
- $prev_date_line eq ''
- or print "\n";
- print $date_line;
- @coauthors
- and print join ("\n", @coauthors), "\n";
+ ## Perhaps only warn if a pattern matches more than once?
+ warn "$ME: warning: skipping $sha due to $skipflag\n";
}
- $prev_date_line = $date_line;
- @prev_coauthors = @coauthors;
- $prev_multi_paragraph = $multi_paragraph;
- # If there were any lines
- if (@line == 0)
+ if (! $skipflag)
{
- warn "$ME: warning: empty commit message:\n $date_line\n";
- }
- else
- {
- if ($append_dot)
+ if (defined $ignore_line && @line)
+ {
+ @line = grep ! /$ignore_line/, @line;
+ while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; }
+ }
+
+ # Record whether there are two or more paragraphs.
+ my $multi_paragraph = grep /^\s*$/, @line;
+
+ # Format 'Co-authored-by: A U Thor <email@example.com>' lines in
+ # standard multi-author ChangeLog format.
+ for (@coauthors)
+ {
+ s/^Co-authored-by:\s*/\t /;
+ s/\s*</ </;
+
+ /<.*?@.*\..*>/
+ or warn "$ME: warning: missing email address for "
+ . substr ($_, 5) . "\n";
+ }
+
+ # If clustering of commit messages has been disabled, if this header
+ # would be different from the previous date/name/etc. header,
+ # or if this or the previous entry consists of two or more paragraphs,
+ # then print the header.
+ if ( ! $cluster
+ || $date_line ne $prev_date_line
+ || "@coauthors" ne "@prev_coauthors"
+ || $multi_paragraph
+ || $prev_multi_paragraph)
{
- # If the first line of the message has enough room, then
- if (length $line[0] < 72)
+ $prev_date_line eq ''
+ or print "\n";
+ print $date_line;
+ @coauthors
+ and print join ("\n", @coauthors), "\n";
+ }
+ $prev_date_line = $date_line;
+ @prev_coauthors = @coauthors;
+ $prev_multi_paragraph = $multi_paragraph;
+
+ # If there were any lines
+ if (@line == 0)
+ {
+ warn "$ME: warning: empty commit message:\n $date_line\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($append_dot)
{
- # append a dot if there is no other punctuation or blank
- # at the end.
- $line[0] =~ /[[:punct:]\s]$/
- or $line[0] .= '.';
+ # If the first line of the message has enough room, then
+ if (length $line[0] < 72)
+ {
+ # append a dot if there is no other punctuation or blank
+ # at the end.
+ $line[0] =~ /[[:punct:]\s]$/
+ or $line[0] .= '.';
+ }
}
- }
- # Remove one additional leading TAB from each line.
- $strip_tab
- and map { s/^\t// } @line;
+ # Remove one additional leading TAB from each line.
+ $strip_tab
+ and map { s/^\t// } @line;
- # Prefix each non-empty line with a TAB.
- @line = map { length $_ ? "\t$_" : '' } @line;
+ # Prefix each non-empty line with a TAB.
+ @line = map { length $_ ? "\t$_" : '' } @line;
- print "\n", join ("\n", @line), "\n";
+ print "\n", join ("\n", @line), "\n";
+ }
}
defined ($in = <PIPE>)
@@ -432,6 +494,6 @@ sub git_dir_option($)
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
# End:
diff --git a/lib/gnupload b/lib/gnupload
index 406a3f7e6..d4192cd60 100755
--- a/lib/gnupload
+++ b/lib/gnupload
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Sign files and upload them.
-scriptversion=2013-03-19.17; # UTC
+scriptversion=2016-01-11.22; # UTC
-# Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -435,6 +435,6 @@ exit 0
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
diff --git a/lib/texinfo.tex b/lib/texinfo.tex
index 85f184cc4..338bcf650 100644
--- a/lib/texinfo.tex
+++ b/lib/texinfo.tex
@@ -3,11 +3,12 @@
% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
%
-\def\texinfoversion{2013-02-01.11}
+\def\texinfoversion{2017-01-14.15}
%
% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
-% 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016
+% Free Software Foundation, Inc.
%
% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -66,6 +67,10 @@
\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
\catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+% LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for
+% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex.
+\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}%
+
\chardef\other=12
% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
@@ -96,7 +101,9 @@
\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
\let\ptexrbrace=\}
\let\ptexslash=\/
+\let\ptexsp=\sp
\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptexsup=\sup
\let\ptext=\t
\let\ptextop=\top
{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
@@ -155,22 +162,13 @@
\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
-\chardef\spacecat = 10
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
+% Give the space character the catcode for a space.
+\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax}
+
+% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character.
+\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax}
-% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
-\chardef\ampChar = `\&
-\chardef\colonChar = `\:
-\chardef\commaChar = `\,
\chardef\dashChar = `\-
-\chardef\dotChar = `\.
-\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
-\chardef\hashChar = `\#
-\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
-\chardef\questChar = `\?
-\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
-\chardef\semiChar = `\;
\chardef\slashChar = `\/
\chardef\underChar = `\_
@@ -193,17 +191,6 @@
wide-spread wrap-around
}
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
-
% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
@@ -248,6 +235,15 @@
\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
\removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+% Output routine
+%
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
+
% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
%
\newif\ifcropmarks
@@ -270,10 +266,18 @@
%
% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
-% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. The solution is
-% described on page 260 of The TeXbook. It involves outputting two
-% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and
-% one after. I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK...
+% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.
+
+% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one
+% mark before the section break, and one after.
+% In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \lastchapterdefs,
+% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \lastsectiondefs.
+% Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous
+% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section
+% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top.
+% @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark.
+%
+% See page 260 of The TeXbook.
\def\domark{%
\toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}%
\toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}%
@@ -281,11 +285,15 @@
\toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
\toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}%
\mark{%
- \the\toks0 \the\toks2
- \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6
- \noexpand\else \the\toks8
+ \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top
+ \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom
+ \noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks
}%
}
+
+% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks,
+% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark.
+%
% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
@@ -301,33 +309,67 @@
% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
\def\lastchapterdefs{}
\def\lastsectiondefs{}
+\def\lastsection{}
\def\prevchapterdefs{}
\def\prevsectiondefs{}
\def\lastcolordefs{}
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight
+
% Main output routine.
+%
\chardef\PAGE = 255
\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
\newbox\headlinebox
\newbox\footlinebox
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.
+% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer,
+% cropmarks, and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page
+% to be written to the auxiliary files.
+%
\def\onepageout#1{%
\ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
%
\ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
\else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
%
+ % Common context changes for both heading and footing.
% Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
% the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+ \def\commmonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars}
+ %
+ % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page,
+ % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the
+ % values in \headline and \footline.
+ %
+ % This is used to check if we are on the first page of a chapter.
+ \ifcase1\topmark\fi
+ \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername
+ \ifcase0\firstmark\fi
+ \let\curchaptername\thischaptername
+ %
\ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
- \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
\ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
- \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
+ %
+ \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername
+ \let\thischapterheading\thischapter
+ \else
+ % \thischapterheading is the same as \thischapter except it is blank
+ % for the first page of a chapter. This is to prevent the chapter name
+ % being shown twice.
+ \def\thischapterheading{}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makeheadline}%
+ \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makefootline}%
%
{%
+ % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files.
% Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
% take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
% before the \shipout runs.
@@ -336,10 +378,10 @@
\normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
% the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
% We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
- % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
+ % \entry{{\indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
% "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
% it needs to be
- % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
+ % {\code {{\backslashcurfont }acronym}
\shipout\vbox{%
% Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
\ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
@@ -397,7 +439,8 @@
\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+% Main part of page, including any footnotes
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
{\catcode`\@ =11
\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
@@ -419,9 +462,13 @@
\def\nsbot{\vbox
{\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
+
+% Argument parsing
+
% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}.
%
\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
@@ -440,9 +487,11 @@
}%
}
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
+% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Also remove a @texinfoc
+% comment (see \scanmacro for details). Pass the result on to \argcheckspaces.
\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argremovetexinfoc #1\texinfoc\ArgTerm}
+\def\argremovetexinfoc#1\texinfoc#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
%
@@ -477,14 +526,13 @@
%
\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
+
+% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line
+%
% \parseargdef\foo{...}
% is roughly equivalent to
% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-%
-% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
-% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03
-
\def\parseargdef#1{%
\expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
}
@@ -674,21 +722,26 @@
\endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
\global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
\egroup % End the \vtop.
+ \addgroupbox
+ \prevdepth = \dimen1
+ \checkinserts
+}
+
+\def\addgroupbox{
% \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
\dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
% \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
- \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+ \dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
% if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
% group, force a page break.
\ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
- \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+ \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight
\page
\fi
\fi
\box\groupbox
- \prevdepth = \dimen1
- \checkinserts
}
+
%
% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
@@ -812,36 +865,6 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
\temp
}
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
-% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). This command
-% is not documented, not supported, and doesn't work.
-%
-\def\|{%
- % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
- \leavevmode
- %
- % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
- \vadjust{%
- % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
- % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
- \vskip-\baselineskip
- %
- % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
- % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
- \llap{%
- %
- % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
- \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
- %
- % This is the space between the bar and the text.
- \hskip 12pt
- }%
- }%
-}
-
% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
%
\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
@@ -930,13 +953,14 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
% @comment ...line which is ignored...
% @c is the same as @comment
% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
-%
-\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
+
+
+\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active%
\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\commentxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+\cxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
%
-\let\c=\comment
+\let\comment\c
% @paragraphindent NCHARS
% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
@@ -1007,69 +1031,23 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
% paragraph.
%
\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
- \gdef\indent{%
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- \indent
- }%
- \gdef\noindent{%
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- \noindent
- }%
- \global\everypar = {%
- \kern -\parindent
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- }%
+ \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}%
+ \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}%
+ \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}%
}
-
+%
\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
- \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
- \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
- \global \everypar = {}%
+ \global\let\indent = \ptexindent
+ \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent
+ \global\everypar = {}%
}
% @refill is a no-op.
\let\refill=\relax
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
- \iflinks
- \tryauxfile
- % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
- \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
- \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
- \openindices
- \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
- %
- % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
- % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
- \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
- \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
- \closein 1
- %
- \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% Called from \setfilename.
-%
-\def\openindices{%
- \newindex{cp}%
- \newcodeindex{fn}%
- \newcodeindex{vr}%
- \newcodeindex{tp}%
- \newcodeindex{ky}%
- \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
+% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored
+\let\setfilename=\comment
% @bye.
\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
@@ -1087,10 +1065,91 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
\newtoks\toksC
\newtoks\toksD
\newbox\boxA
+\newbox\boxB
\newcount\countA
\newif\ifpdf
\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+%
+% For LuaTeX
+%
+
+\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname
+\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc.
+
+\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+\else
+ % Use Unicode destination names
+ \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
+ % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\%=12
+ \directlua{
+ function UTF16oct(str)
+ tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377')
+ for c in string.utfvalues(str) do
+ if c < 0x10000 then
+ tex.sprint(
+ string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+ (c / 256), (c % 256)))
+ else
+ c = c - 0x10000
+ local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800
+ local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00
+ tex.sprint(
+ string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+ (c_hi / 256), (c_hi % 256),
+ (c_lo / 256), (c_lo % 256)))
+ end
+ end
+ end
+ }
+ \endgroup
+ \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
+ % Escape PDF strings without converting
+ \begingroup
+ \directlua{
+ function PDFescstr(str)
+ for c in string.bytes(str) do
+ if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then
+ tex.sprint(
+ string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+ c))
+ else
+ tex.sprint(string.char(c))
+ end
+ end
+ end
+ }
+ \endgroup
+ \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
+ \ifnum\luatexversion>84
+ % For LuaTeX >= 0.85
+ \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest}
+ \let\pdfoutput\outputmode
+ \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal}
+ \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog}
+ \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax}
+ \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource
+ \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource
+ \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex
+ \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax}
+ \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline}
+ \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink}
+ \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr}
+ \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj}
+ \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax}
+ \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth
+ \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight
+ \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin}
+ \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
@@ -1121,12 +1180,21 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
\ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined
% No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
% Many times it won't matter.
+ \xdef#1{#1}%
\else
% The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
% backslashes, and other special chars.
\xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
\fi
}
+\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{%
+ \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined
+ % No UTF-16 converting macro available.
+ \txiescapepdf{#1}%
+ \else
+ \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot
@@ -1135,15 +1203,17 @@ output) for that.)}
\ifpdf
%
- % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex,
+ % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex,
% except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a
% very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead
- % of actual black.
+ % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as
+ % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use
+ % black by default, though.
\def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
\def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
%
- % k sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
- % K sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
+ % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
+ % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
\def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}}
%
% Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
@@ -1234,24 +1304,83 @@ output) for that.)}
\pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
\fi}
%
- \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
+ \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
% We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
% such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
\indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
\makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ \iftxiuseunicodedestname
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
+ % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode.
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ % Pass through Unicode characters.
+ \else
+ % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \fi
\def\pdfdestname{#1}%
\txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
- \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
}}
%
+ \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
+ \indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark
+ % strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for
+ % the "PDFDocEncoding".
+ \passthroughcharstrue
+ % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
+ % LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode
+ % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ % For pdfTeX with UTF-8.
+ % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings,
+ % but the code for this isn't done yet.
+ % Use ASCII approximations.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \else
+ % For LuaTeX with UTF-8.
+ % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts.
+ \passthroughcharstrue
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings.
+ % Use ASCII approximations.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16
+ % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
+ \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext
+ }}
+ %
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+ }
+ %
% used to mark target names; must be expandable.
\def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
%
- % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as
- % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.
- \def\urlcolor{\rgbDarkRed}
- \def\linkcolor{\rgbDarkRed}
+ % by default, use black for everything.
+ \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
\def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
%
% Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
@@ -1273,18 +1402,13 @@ output) for that.)}
% page number. We could generate a destination for the section
% text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
% seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
- \edef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
- \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
- \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
- \else
- \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinedest
+ \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
+ \setpdfdestname{#3}
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
\fi
%
- % Also escape PDF chars in the display string.
- \edef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
- %
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
}
%
\def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
@@ -1439,41 +1563,297 @@ output) for that.)}
\let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
%
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
- \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
- \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font
-}
-
-% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
+% For XeTeX
%
-\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
-
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
-
-% Unfortunately, we have to override this for titles and the like, since
-% in those cases "rm" is bold. Sigh.
-\def\rmisbold{\rm\def\curfontstyle{bf}}
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+\else
+ %
+ % XeTeX version check
+ %
+ \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1
+ % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307.
+ % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941).
+ % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special
+ % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
+ \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010}
+ % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+.
+ % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF.
+ \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
+ \else
+ % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the
+ % `dvipdfmx:config' special.
+ % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement,
+ % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary.
+ %
+ % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF
+ % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue.
+ % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
+ \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Color support
+ %
+ \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
+ \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
+ %
+ \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}}
+ %
+ % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
+ % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
+ \def\setcolor#1{%
+ \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
+ \domark
+ \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
+ \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
+ \def\lastcolordefs{}
+ %
+ \def\makefootline{%
+ \baselineskip24pt
+ \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\makeheadline{%
+ \vbox to 0pt{%
+ \vskip-22.5pt
+ \line{%
+ \vbox to8.5pt{}%
+ % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
+ \getcolormarks
+ % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
+ }%
+ \vss
+ }%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ }
+ %
+ % PDF outline support
+ %
+ % Emulate pdfTeX primitive
+ \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{%
+ \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
+ % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+ % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ \iftxiuseunicodedestname
+ % Pass through Unicode characters.
+ \else
+ % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \fi
+ \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
+ }}
+ %
+ \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
+ \turnoffactive
+ % Always use Unicode characters in title texts.
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16.
+ % So we do not convert.
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
+ }}
+ %
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+ }
+ %
+ % by default, use black for everything.
+ \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
+ %
+ \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+ \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
+ \setpdfdestname{#3}
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A
+ << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+ \begingroup
+ %
+ % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary.
+ % Therefore, we read toc only once.
+ %
+ % We use node names as destinations.
+ \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}%
+ %
+ \let\appentry\numchapentry%
+ \let\appsecentry\numsecentry%
+ \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
+ \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
+ \let\unnchapentry\numchapentry%
+ \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry%
+ \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
+ \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
+ %
+ % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16.
+ % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered.
+ %
+ \indexnofonts
+ \setupdatafile
+ % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
+ % Texinfo index files. So set that up.
+ \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
+ \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
+ \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+ \input \tocreadfilename
+ \endgroup
+ }
+ {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
+ \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
+ \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
+ \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
+ ]
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
+ \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> }
+ % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary
+ % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it.
+ % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315,
+ % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings.
+ % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
+%
+ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+ \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
+ \fi
+ \nextsp}
+ \def\getfilename#1{%
+ \filenamelength=0
+ % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
+ % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
+ \edef\temp{#1}%
+ \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
+ }
+ % make a live url in pdf output.
+ \def\pdfurl#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+ % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+ % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+ % people have actually reported a problem with.
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \def\@{@}%
+ \let\/=\empty
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
+ % special-casing \var here?
+ \def\var##1{##1}%
+ %
+ \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
+ /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}%
+ \endgroup}
+ \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}}
+ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+ \def\maketoks{%
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
+ \ifx\first0\adn0
+ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+ \let\next=\maketoks
+ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+ \def\pdflink#1{%
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
+ /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}%
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
+ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+%
+ %
+ % @image support
+ %
+ % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
+ \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{%
+ \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ %
+ % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
+ % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
+ % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
+ % bitmap.
+ \let\xeteximgext=\empty
+ \begingroup
+ \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
+ \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}%
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}%
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}%
+ \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
+ \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+ \else
+ \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}%
+ \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
+ \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+ \else
+ \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi
+ \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax
+ }
+\fi
-% We don't need math for this font style.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+%
+\message{fonts,}
% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
@@ -1822,8 +2202,10 @@ end
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
+\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf}
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
@@ -1884,6 +2266,7 @@ end
% Section fonts (14.4pt).
\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
@@ -1909,7 +2292,7 @@ end
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
\def\ssececsize{1200}
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
+% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt).
\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
@@ -1953,8 +2336,10 @@ end
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
+\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf}
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
@@ -2040,7 +2425,7 @@ end
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
\def\ssececsize{1000}
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
+% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt).
\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
@@ -2060,6 +2445,12 @@ end
\rm
} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+
% We provide the user-level command
% @fonttextsize 10
@@ -2086,102 +2477,111 @@ end
\endgroup
}
+%
+% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
+% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
+% italics, not bold italics.
+%
+\def\setfontstyle#1{%
+ \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
+ \csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font
+}
+
+\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
+\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
+\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
+\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
+\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
+
+% We don't need math for this font style.
+\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+
% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
-% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
-% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. We don't
+% bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need.
%
\def\resetmathfonts{%
- \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
- \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
+ \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont
+ \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont
+ \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont
}
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
-% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
-% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
+%
+
+% The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings
+% of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs
+% to also set the current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm)
+% commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font.
%
% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in
-% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
+% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used
+% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
%
% This all needs generalizing, badly.
%
-\def\textfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
- \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
- \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
- \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
- \def\curfontsize{text}%
- \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
-\def\titlefonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
- \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
- \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
- \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
- \def\curfontsize{title}%
- \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{27pt}}
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}}
-\def\chapfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
- \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
- \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
- \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
- \def\curfontsize{chap}%
- \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
- \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
- \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
- \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
- \def\curfontsize{sec}%
- \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
- \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
- \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
- \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
- \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
- \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
-\def\reducedfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
- \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
- \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
- \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
- \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
- \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
- \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
- \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
- \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
- \def\curfontsize{small}%
- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallerfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
- \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
- \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
- \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
- \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\def\assignfonts#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname
+}
+
+\newif\ifrmisbold
+
+% Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size
+% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for
+% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size.
+\def\switchtolllsize{%
+ \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}%
+ \ifrmisbold
+ \let\rmfont\bffont
+ \fi
+ \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
+}%
+
+\def\switchtolsize{%
+ \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}%
+ \ifrmisbold
+ \let\rmfont\bffont
+ \fi
+ \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
+}%
+
+\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{%
+\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{%
+ \def\curfontsize{#1}%
+ \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}%
+ \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname
+ \assignfonts{#1}%
+ \resetmathfonts
+ \setleading{#4}%
+}}
+
+\definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false}
+
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts
% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
@@ -2377,8 +2777,10 @@ end
\ifx\next,%
\else\ifx\next-%
\else\ifx\next.%
+ \else\ifx\next\.%
+ \else\ifx\next\comma%
\else\ptexslash
- \fi\fi\fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\aftersmartic
}
@@ -2426,8 +2828,8 @@ end
%
\catcode`@=11
\def\plainfrenchspacing{%
- \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
- \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+ \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m
+ \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m
\def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
}
\def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
@@ -2475,14 +2877,14 @@ end
}
% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
+% (But see \codedashfinish below.)
% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
%
% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
-% -- rms.
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms.
{
\catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
\catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
@@ -2499,14 +2901,35 @@ end
\let-\normaldash
\let_\realunder
\fi
+ % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break
+ % after the hyphen.
+ \global\let\codedashprev=\codedash
+ %
\codex
}
+ %
+ \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish}
+ \gdef\codedashfinish{%
+ \normaldash % always output the dash character itself.
+ %
+ % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless
+ % (a) the next character is a -, or
+ % (b) the preceding character is a -.
+ % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -.
+ % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b.
+ \ifx\next\codedash \else
+ \ifx\codedashprev\codedash
+ \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi
+ \fi
+ % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a
+ % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}.
+ \global\let\codedashprev= \next
+ }
}
-
+\def\normaldash{-}
+%
\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-\def\normaldash{-}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
\def\codeunder{%
% this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
% is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
@@ -2548,37 +2971,21 @@ end
\let\file=\code
\let\option=\code
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
-% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
-% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
-% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-% (This \urefnobreak definition isn't used now, leaving it for a while
-% for comparison.)
-\def\urefnobreak#1{\dourefnobreak #1,,,\finish}
-\def\dourefnobreak#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \pdfurl{#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \ifpdf
- \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
- \else
- \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
- \fi
- \else
- \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
- \fi
- \fi
- \endlink
-\endgroup}
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional
+% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and
+% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in
+% addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-% This \urefbreak definition is the active one.
+% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second
+% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target).
+\newif\ifurefurlonlylink
+
+% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected
+% places within the url. (There used to be another version, which
+% didn't support automatic breaking.)
\def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
\let\uref=\urefbreak
+%
\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
\unsepspaces
@@ -2587,12 +2994,32 @@ end
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
\unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
\else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
\ifpdf
- \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+ % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
+ \ifurefurlonlylink
+ % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
+ \unhbox0
+ \else
+ % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
+ % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
+ \fi
\else
- \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url
+ \else
+ % For XeTeX
+ \ifurefurlonlylink
+ % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
+ \unhbox0
+ \else
+ % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
+ % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
+ \fi
+ \fi
\fi
\else
\urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
@@ -2603,9 +3030,9 @@ end
% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
\def\urefcatcodes{%
- \catcode\ampChar=\active \catcode\dotChar=\active
- \catcode\hashChar=\active \catcode\questChar=\active
- \catcode\slashChar=\active
+ \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active
+ \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active
+ \catcode`\/=\active
}
{
\urefcatcodes
@@ -2632,8 +3059,10 @@ end
% we put a little stretch before and after the breakable chars, to help
% line breaking of long url's. The unequal skips make look better in
% cmtt at least, especially for dots.
-\def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus.13em }
-\def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus.1em }
+\def\urefprestretchamount{.13em}
+\def\urefpoststretchamount{.1em}
+\def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus\urefprestretchamount\relax}
+\def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus\urefprestretchamount\relax}
%
\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprestretch \&\urefpoststretch}
\def\urefcodedot{\urefprestretch .\urefpoststretch}
@@ -2691,7 +3120,18 @@ end
\endlink
\endgroup}
\else
- \let\email=\uref
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \let\email=\uref
+ \else
+ \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+ \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+ \endlink
+ \endgroup}
+ \fi
\fi
% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
@@ -2760,18 +3200,13 @@ end
%
\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
-% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
-% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
-%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-
% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
% all-uppercase.
%
\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
+ {\switchtolsize #1}%
\def\temp{#2}%
\ifx\temp\empty \else
\space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
@@ -2817,21 +3252,24 @@ end
\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
%
\def\math{%
- \tex
- \mathunderscore
- \let\\ = \mathbackslash
- \mathactive
- % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
- \let\"=\ddot
- \let\'=\acute
- \let\==\bar
- \let\^=\hat
- \let\`=\grave
- \let\u=\breve
- \let\v=\check
- \let\~=\tilde
- \let\dotaccent=\dot
- $\finishmath
+ \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already
+ \tex
+ \mathunderscore
+ \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+ \mathactive
+ % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
+ \let\"=\ddot
+ \let\'=\acute
+ \let\==\bar
+ \let\^=\hat
+ \let\`=\grave
+ \let\u=\breve
+ \let\v=\check
+ \let\~=\tilde
+ \let\dotaccent=\dot
+ % have to provide another name for sup operator
+ \let\mathopsup=\sup
+ $\expandafter\finishmath\fi
}
\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
@@ -2854,8 +3292,17 @@ end
}
}
-% ctrl is no longer a Texinfo command, but leave this definition for fun.
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript.
+% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch
+% into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the
+% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not
+% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices.
+%
+\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi}
+\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
+%
+\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi}
+\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
@@ -2868,6 +3315,15 @@ end
\def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
\ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
}
+%
+% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if
+% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT.
+\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
+ \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi
+}
+%
% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid
% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for
% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being
@@ -2884,6 +3340,23 @@ end
\endgroup % close group opened by \tex.
}
+% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set.
+%
+\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax
+ \else\ignorespaces#2\fi
+}
+
+% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set.
+%
+\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi
+}
+
\message{glyphs,}
% and logos.
@@ -2893,23 +3366,10 @@ end
\let\atchar=\@
% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
-% Unless we're in typewriter, use \ecfont because the CM text fonts do
-% not have braces, and we don't want to switch into math.
-\def\mylbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char123}}
-\def\myrbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char125}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace \let\lbracechar=\{
-\let\}=\myrbrace \let\rbracechar=\}
-\begingroup
- % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
- % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
- \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
- \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
- \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
- !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
- !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
- !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
- !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
-!endgroup
+\def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}}
+\def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}}
+\let\{=\lbracechar
+\let\}=\rbracechar
% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
\let\comma = ,
@@ -2927,8 +3387,8 @@ end
% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
\def\questiondown{?`}
\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}}
% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
\def\imacro{i}
@@ -2957,12 +3417,12 @@ end
{\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
\vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
\ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
- % for 10pt running text, \lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
+ % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
% Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
\count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
\else
% For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
- \selectfonts\lllsize A%
+ \switchtolllsize A%
\fi
}%
\vss
@@ -2971,11 +3431,16 @@ end
\TeX
}
-% Some math mode symbols.
-\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
-\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi}
-\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi}
-\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi}
+% Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode
+% unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here,
+% but safer, and can't hurt.
+\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi}
+\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$}
+%
+\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet}
+\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge}
+\def\leq{\ensuremath\le}
+\def\minus{\ensuremath-}
% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
@@ -3023,7 +3488,7 @@ end
%
\newbox\errorbox
%
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
@@ -3139,8 +3604,15 @@ end
\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
%
-% Use the ec* fonts (cm-super in outline format) for non-CM glyphs.
-\def\ecfont{%
+% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format)
+% for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text
+% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec
+% package and follow the same conventions.
+%
+\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}}
+\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}}
+%
+\def\etcfont#1{%
% We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
% is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
% quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
@@ -3149,14 +3621,14 @@ end
\edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
\ifmonospace
% typewriter:
- \font\thisecfont = ectt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\else
\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
% bold:
- \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\else
% regular:
- \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\fi
\fi
\thisecfont
@@ -3167,7 +3639,7 @@ end
% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
%
\def\registeredsymbol{%
- $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
+ $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}%
\hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
}$%
}
@@ -3200,13 +3672,16 @@ end
\newif\ifseenauthor
\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
-% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
-%
-\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or
+% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete.
+\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{%
+ \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
+ command; move your @contents command if you want the contents
+ after the title page.}}%
+\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{%
+ \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
+ command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you
+ want the contents after the title page.}}%
\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
\begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
@@ -3248,20 +3723,6 @@ end
% Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
% in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
\HEADINGSon
- %
- % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
- \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \shortcontents
- \contents
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \fi
- %
- \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \contents
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \fi
}
\def\finishtitlepage{%
@@ -3272,12 +3733,11 @@ end
% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation,
% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used
-% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. Because
-% it is always used for titles, nothing else, we call \rmisbold. \par
-% should be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
+% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should
+% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
%
\def\raggedtitlesettings{%
- \rmisbold
+ \rm
\hyphenpenalty=10000
\parindent=0pt
\tolerance=5000
@@ -3286,7 +3746,7 @@ end
% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
-\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont
\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
\parseargdef\title{%
@@ -3312,7 +3772,7 @@ end
\else
\checkenv\titlepage
\ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
- {\secfonts\rmisbold \leftline{#1}}%
+ {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}%
\fi
}
@@ -3326,7 +3786,7 @@ end
\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
-% Now make TeX use those variables
+% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables
\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
\else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
@@ -3365,7 +3825,7 @@ end
%
% Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
% @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
- \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt
+ \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt
\global\advance\vsize by -12pt
}
@@ -3382,13 +3842,17 @@ end
% @everyheadingmarks
% @everyfootingmarks
+% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks,
+% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of
+% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks.
+%
\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
-\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
+\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
\headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
-\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
+\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
\headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
@@ -3409,7 +3873,7 @@ end
% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
\evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
@@ -3429,7 +3893,7 @@ end
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
}
\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
@@ -3440,8 +3904,8 @@ end
\global\pageno=1
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
}
\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
@@ -3452,7 +3916,7 @@ end
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
}
@@ -3460,8 +3924,8 @@ end
\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
}
@@ -3639,7 +4103,7 @@ end
\parskip=\smallskipamount
\ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
%
- % Try typesetting the item mark that if the document erroneously says
+ % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says
% something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
% right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the
% world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if
@@ -3671,7 +4135,12 @@ end
\noindent
\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
%
- \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
+ \ifinner\else
+ \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item.
+ \fi
+ % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an
+ % @itemize looks awful there.
+ }%
\flushcr
}
@@ -3889,19 +4358,23 @@ end
}
% multitable-only commands.
-%
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
-% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
-% of an alignment entry. \everycr resets \everytab so we don't have to
+%
+% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments
+% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an
+% alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to
% undo it ourselves.
\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
\def\headitem{%
\checkenv\multitable
\crcr
+ \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings
\global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
\the\everytab % for the first item
}%
%
+% default for tables with no headings.
+\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
+%
% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
% we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve.
@@ -3932,15 +4405,15 @@ end
%
\everycr = {%
\noalign{%
- \global\everytab={}%
+ \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem.
\global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
- % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
+ %
+ % Check for saved footnotes, etc.:
\checkinserts
- % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
- %\filbreak
- % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
- % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the
- % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+ %
+ % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset:
+ \headitemcrhook
+ \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
}%
}%
%
@@ -4179,7 +4652,7 @@ end
\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
{
- \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
+ \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
%
\gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
\let\value = \expandablevalue
@@ -4199,7 +4672,12 @@ end
% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-%
+%
+% Unfortunately, this has the consequence that when _ is in the *value*
+% of an @set, it does not print properly in the roman fonts (get the cmr
+% dot accent at position 126 instead). No fix comes to mind, and it's
+% been this way since 2003 or earlier, so just ignore it.
+%
\def\expandablevalue#1{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
{[No value for ``#1'']}%
@@ -4209,10 +4687,36 @@ end
\fi
}
+% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the
+% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when
+% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does.
+% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it
+% will be set by the time it is read back in.
+%
+% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here.
+\def\dummyvalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \noexpand\value{#1}%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value
+% if possible, otherwise sort late.
+\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ ZZZZZZZ
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
% with @set.
-%
-% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
+%
+% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call
+% \makecond and then redefine.
%
\makecond{ifset}
\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
@@ -4283,19 +4787,16 @@ end
% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
-% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
-% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
-% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX.
+% It automatically defines \IXindex such that
+% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX.
+% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX.
% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
% for the sake of vms.
%
\def\newindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
- \fi
+ \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
\noexpand\doindex{#1}}
}
@@ -4309,14 +4810,19 @@ end
\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
%
\def\newcodeindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
- \fi
+ \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
\noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
}
+% The default indices:
+\newindex{cp}% concepts,
+\newcodeindex{fn}% functions,
+\newcodeindex{vr}% variables,
+\newcodeindex{tp}% types,
+\newcodeindex{ky}% keys
+\newcodeindex{pg}% and programs.
+
% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
@@ -4330,14 +4836,7 @@ end
% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
% #3 the target index (bar).
\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
- % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
- % closing the target index.
- \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \relax
- % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
- % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
- \fi
+ \requireopenindexfile{#3}%
% redefine \fooindfile:
\expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
\expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
@@ -4345,108 +4844,72 @@ end
\expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
}
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros.
% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
-
-% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
-% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
-
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
+% and it is the two-letter name of the index.
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
-\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx}
+\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
-\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx}
+\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
-% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
-% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
+
+% Used when writing an index entry out to an index file to prevent
+% expansion of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
%
\def\indexdummies{%
\escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
- \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
- \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
- %
- % Need these unexpandable (because we define \tt as a dummy)
- % definitions when @{ or @} appear in index entry text. Also, more
- % complicated, when \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
- % We can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
- % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. Perhaps we
- % should define @lbrace and @rbrace commands a la @comma.
- \def\{{{\tt\char123}}%
- \def\}{{\tt\char125}}%
- %
- % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
- % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
- % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is,
- % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
- % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput
- % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
- % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it
- % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
- % is still getting written without apparent harm.
- %
- % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
- % help-texinfo, 22may06):
- % @macro funindex {WORD}
- % @findex xyz
- % @end macro
- % ...
- % @funindex commtest
- %
- % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
- %
- % Sample whatsit resulting:
- % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}}
- %
- % So:
- \let\endinput = \empty
+ \definedummyletter\@%
+ \definedummyletter\ %
+ %
+ % For texindex which always views { and } as separators.
+ \def\{{\lbracechar{}}%
+ \def\}{\rbracechar{}}%
%
% Do the redefinitions.
- \commondummies
+ \definedummies
}
-% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to
-% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
-% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @,
-% this will be simpler.
+% Used for the aux and toc files, where @ is the escape character.
%
\def\atdummies{%
- \def\@{@@}%
- \def\ {@ }%
- \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
- \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+ \definedummyletter\@%
+ \definedummyletter\ %
+ \definedummyletter\{%
+ \definedummyletter\}%
%
% Do the redefinitions.
- \commondummies
+ \definedummies
\otherbackslash
}
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
+% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
+% preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words,
+% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
+% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+% from whatever follows.
%
-\def\commondummies{%
- %
- % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
- % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words,
- % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
- % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
- % from whatever follows.
- %
- % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
- % space.
- %
- % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
- % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
- % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
- %
- \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
- \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
- \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+%
+% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+% space.
+%
+\def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}%
+\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}%
+\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+
+% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies, to effectively prevent
+% the expansion of commands.
+%
+\def\definedummies{%
%
+ \let\commondummyword\definedummyword
+ \let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter
+ \let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent
\commondummiesnofonts
%
\definedummyletter\_%
@@ -4487,6 +4950,7 @@ end
\definedummyword\TeX
%
% Assorted special characters.
+ \definedummyword\atchar
\definedummyword\arrow
\definedummyword\bullet
\definedummyword\comma
@@ -4506,6 +4970,7 @@ end
\definedummyword\guilsinglright
\definedummyword\lbracechar
\definedummyword\leq
+ \definedummyword\mathopsup
\definedummyword\minus
\definedummyword\ogonek
\definedummyword\pounds
@@ -4519,88 +4984,136 @@ end
\definedummyword\quotesinglbase
\definedummyword\rbracechar
\definedummyword\result
+ \definedummyword\sub
+ \definedummyword\sup
\definedummyword\textdegree
%
% We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
\macrolist
+ \let\value\dummyvalue
%
\normalturnoffactive
- %
- % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
- % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
- \makevalueexpandable
}
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
+% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts.
+% Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before
+% using. Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters.
%
\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
% Control letters and accents.
- \definedummyletter\!%
- \definedummyaccent\"%
- \definedummyaccent\'%
- \definedummyletter\*%
- \definedummyaccent\,%
- \definedummyletter\.%
- \definedummyletter\/%
- \definedummyletter\:%
- \definedummyaccent\=%
- \definedummyletter\?%
- \definedummyaccent\^%
- \definedummyaccent\`%
- \definedummyaccent\~%
- \definedummyword\u
- \definedummyword\v
- \definedummyword\H
- \definedummyword\dotaccent
- \definedummyword\ogonek
- \definedummyword\ringaccent
- \definedummyword\tieaccent
- \definedummyword\ubaraccent
- \definedummyword\udotaccent
- \definedummyword\dotless
+ \commondummyletter\!%
+ \commondummyaccent\"%
+ \commondummyaccent\'%
+ \commondummyletter\*%
+ \commondummyaccent\,%
+ \commondummyletter\.%
+ \commondummyletter\/%
+ \commondummyletter\:%
+ \commondummyaccent\=%
+ \commondummyletter\?%
+ \commondummyaccent\^%
+ \commondummyaccent\`%
+ \commondummyaccent\~%
+ \commondummyword\u
+ \commondummyword\v
+ \commondummyword\H
+ \commondummyword\dotaccent
+ \commondummyword\ogonek
+ \commondummyword\ringaccent
+ \commondummyword\tieaccent
+ \commondummyword\ubaraccent
+ \commondummyword\udotaccent
+ \commondummyword\dotless
%
% Texinfo font commands.
- \definedummyword\b
- \definedummyword\i
- \definedummyword\r
- \definedummyword\sansserif
- \definedummyword\sc
- \definedummyword\slanted
- \definedummyword\t
+ \commondummyword\b
+ \commondummyword\i
+ \commondummyword\r
+ \commondummyword\sansserif
+ \commondummyword\sc
+ \commondummyword\slanted
+ \commondummyword\t
%
% Commands that take arguments.
- \definedummyword\abbr
- \definedummyword\acronym
- \definedummyword\anchor
- \definedummyword\cite
- \definedummyword\code
- \definedummyword\command
- \definedummyword\dfn
- \definedummyword\dmn
- \definedummyword\email
- \definedummyword\emph
- \definedummyword\env
- \definedummyword\file
- \definedummyword\image
- \definedummyword\indicateurl
- \definedummyword\inforef
- \definedummyword\kbd
- \definedummyword\key
- \definedummyword\math
- \definedummyword\option
- \definedummyword\pxref
- \definedummyword\ref
- \definedummyword\samp
- \definedummyword\strong
- \definedummyword\tie
- \definedummyword\uref
- \definedummyword\url
- \definedummyword\var
- \definedummyword\verb
- \definedummyword\w
- \definedummyword\xref
+ \commondummyword\abbr
+ \commondummyword\acronym
+ \commondummyword\anchor
+ \commondummyword\cite
+ \commondummyword\code
+ \commondummyword\command
+ \commondummyword\dfn
+ \commondummyword\dmn
+ \commondummyword\email
+ \commondummyword\emph
+ \commondummyword\env
+ \commondummyword\file
+ \commondummyword\image
+ \commondummyword\indicateurl
+ \commondummyword\inforef
+ \commondummyword\kbd
+ \commondummyword\key
+ \commondummyword\math
+ \commondummyword\option
+ \commondummyword\pxref
+ \commondummyword\ref
+ \commondummyword\samp
+ \commondummyword\strong
+ \commondummyword\tie
+ \commondummyword\U
+ \commondummyword\uref
+ \commondummyword\url
+ \commondummyword\var
+ \commondummyword\verb
+ \commondummyword\w
+ \commondummyword\xref
+}
+
+% For testing: output @{ and @} in index sort strings as \{ and \}.
+\newif\ifusebracesinindexes
+
+\let\indexlbrace\relax
+\let\indexrbrace\relax
+
+{\catcode`\@=0
+\catcode`\\=13
+ @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}}
+}
+
+{
+\catcode`\<=13
+\catcode`\-=13
+\catcode`\`=13
+ \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term.
+ % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.)
+ \let`=\empty
+ \fi
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ \backslashdisappear
+ \fi
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ \def-{}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ \def<{}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ \def\@{}%
+ \fi
+ }
+
+ \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{%
+ \useindexbackslash
+ \let-\normaldash
+ \let<\normalless
+ \def\@{@}%
+ }
}
+
% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
@@ -4608,12 +5121,11 @@ end
%
\def\indexnofonts{%
% Accent commands should become @asis.
- \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
+ \def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
% We can just ignore other control letters.
- \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
+ \def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
% All control words become @asis by default; overrides below.
- \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
- %
+ \let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent
\commondummiesnofonts
%
% Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
@@ -4626,14 +5138,10 @@ end
\def\_{\normalunderscore}%
\def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
%
- % Unfortunately, texindex is not prepared to handle braces in the
- % content at all. So for index sorting, we map @{ and @} to strings
- % starting with |, since that ASCII character is between ASCII { and }.
- \def\{{|a}%
- \def\lbracechar{|a}%
- %
- \def\}{|b}%
- \def\rbracechar{|b}%
+ \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}%
+ \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}%
+ \let\lbracechar\{%
+ \let\rbracechar\}%
%
% Non-English letters.
\def\AA{AA}%
@@ -4642,7 +5150,7 @@ end
\def\L{L}%
\def\OE{OE}%
\def\O{O}%
- \def\TH{ZZZ}%
+ \def\TH{TH}%
\def\aa{aa}%
\def\ae{ae}%
\def\dh{dzz}%
@@ -4654,45 +5162,45 @@ end
\def\o{o}%
\def\questiondown{?}%
\def\ss{ss}%
- \def\th{zzz}%
+ \def\th{th}%
%
\def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
\def\TeX{TeX}%
%
- % Assorted special characters.
- % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
- \def\arrow{->}%
- \def\bullet{bullet}%
- \def\comma{,}%
- \def\copyright{copyright}%
- \def\dots{...}%
- \def\enddots{...}%
- \def\equiv{==}%
- \def\error{error}%
- \def\euro{euro}%
- \def\expansion{==>}%
- \def\geq{>=}%
- \def\guillemetleft{<<}%
- \def\guillemetright{>>}%
- \def\guilsinglleft{<}%
- \def\guilsinglright{>}%
- \def\leq{<=}%
- \def\minus{-}%
- \def\point{.}%
- \def\pounds{pounds}%
- \def\print{-|}%
- \def\quotedblbase{"}%
- \def\quotedblleft{"}%
- \def\quotedblright{"}%
- \def\quoteleft{`}%
- \def\quoteright{'}%
- \def\quotesinglbase{,}%
- \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
- \def\result{=>}%
- \def\textdegree{o}%
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax
- \else \indexlquoteignore \fi
+ % Assorted special characters. \defglyph gives the control sequence a
+ % definition that removes the {} that follows its use.
+ \defglyph\atchar{@}%
+ \defglyph\arrow{->}%
+ \defglyph\bullet{bullet}%
+ \defglyph\comma{,}%
+ \defglyph\copyright{copyright}%
+ \defglyph\dots{...}%
+ \defglyph\enddots{...}%
+ \defglyph\equiv{==}%
+ \defglyph\error{error}%
+ \defglyph\euro{euro}%
+ \defglyph\expansion{==>}%
+ \defglyph\geq{>=}%
+ \defglyph\guillemetleft{<<}%
+ \defglyph\guillemetright{>>}%
+ \defglyph\guilsinglleft{<}%
+ \defglyph\guilsinglright{>}%
+ \defglyph\leq{<=}%
+ \defglyph\lbracechar{\{}%
+ \defglyph\minus{-}%
+ \defglyph\point{.}%
+ \defglyph\pounds{pounds}%
+ \defglyph\print{-|}%
+ \defglyph\quotedblbase{"}%
+ \defglyph\quotedblleft{"}%
+ \defglyph\quotedblright{"}%
+ \defglyph\quoteleft{`}%
+ \defglyph\quoteright{'}%
+ \defglyph\quotesinglbase{,}%
+ \defglyph\rbracechar{\}}%
+ \defglyph\registeredsymbol{R}%
+ \defglyph\result{=>}%
+ \defglyph\textdegree{o}%
%
% We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
% Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
@@ -4705,21 +5213,24 @@ end
% goes to end-of-line is not handled.
%
\macrolist
+ \let\value\indexnofontsvalue
}
+\def\defglyph#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}} % see above
+
+
-% Undocumented (for FSFS 2nd ed.): @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us
-% ignore left quotes in the sort term.
-{\catcode`\`=\active
- \gdef\indexlquoteignore{\let`=\empty}}
-\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
-% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
+% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
+% TODO: Two-level index? Operation index?
+
+% Workhorse for all indexes.
% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
@@ -4727,6 +5238,7 @@ end
\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
\iflinks
{%
+ \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
% Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
\toks0 = {#2}%
% If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
@@ -4742,7 +5254,50 @@ end
\fi
}
-% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
+% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it.
+\def\requireopenindexfile#1{%
+\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \edef\suffix{#1}%
+ % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output
+ % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead.
+ \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi
+ % Open the file
+ \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix
+ % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current
+ % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for
+ % preceding skips.
+ \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}%
+\fi}
+\def\indexisfl{fl}
+
+% Output \ as {\indexbackslash}, because \ is an escape character in
+% the index files.
+\let\indexbackslash=\relax
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
+ @gdef@useindexbackslash{@def\{{@indexbackslash}}}
+}
+
+% Definition for writing index entry text.
+\def\sortas#1{\ignorespaces}%
+
+% Definition for writing index entry sort key. Should occur at the at
+% the beginning of the index entry, like
+% @cindex @sortas{september} \september
+% The \ignorespaces takes care of following space, but there's no way
+% to remove space before it.
+{
+\catcode`\-=13
+\gdef\indexwritesortas{%
+ \begingroup
+ \indexnonalnumreappear
+ \indexwritesortasxxx}
+\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{%
+ \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup}
+}
+
+
+% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file.
%
\def\dosubindwrite{%
% Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
@@ -4752,14 +5307,26 @@ end
%
% Remember, we are within a group.
\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
- \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
- % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+ \useindexbackslash % \indexbackslash isn't defined now so it will be output
+ % as is; and it will print as backslash.
+ % The braces around \indexbrace are recognized by texindex.
%
- % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
- % get the string to sort by.
+ % Get the string to sort by, by processing the index entry with all
+ % font commands turned off.
{\indexnofonts
- \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
- \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
+ \def\lbracechar{{\indexlbrace}}%
+ \def\rbracechar{{\indexrbrace}}%
+ \let\{=\lbracechar
+ \let\}=\rbracechar
+ \indexnonalnumdisappear
+ \xdef\indexsortkey{}%
+ \let\sortas=\indexwritesortas
+ \edef\temp{\the\toks0}%
+ \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\temp}% Make sure to execute any \sortas
+ \ifx\indexsortkey\empty
+ \xdef\indexsortkey{\temp}%
+ \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi
+ \fi
}%
%
% Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
@@ -4769,10 +5336,11 @@ end
% sorted result.
\edef\temp{%
\write\writeto{%
- \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+ \string\entry{\indexsortkey}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
}%
\temp
}
+\newbox\dummybox % used above
% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
%
@@ -4897,52 +5465,107 @@ end
% \initial {@}
% as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
% (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
- \catcode`\@ = 11
- \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+ \catcode`\@ = 12
+ % See comment in \requireopenindexfile.
+ \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi
+ \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s
\ifeof 1
% \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
% and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
% index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
% there is some text.
\putwordIndexNonexistent
+ \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}%
\else
+ \catcode`\\ = 0
%
% If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
% false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
% it can discover if there is anything in it.
- \read 1 to \temp
+ \read 1 to \thisline
\ifeof 1
\putwordIndexIsEmpty
\else
% Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
% character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
% to make right now.
- \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
- \catcode`\\ = 0
- \escapechar = `\\
+ \def\indexbackslash{\ttbackslash}%
+ \let\indexlbrace\{ % Likewise, set these sequences for braces
+ \let\indexrbrace\} % used in the sort key.
\begindoublecolumns
- \input \jobname.#1s
+ \let\entrywidowpenalty=\indexwidowpenalty
+ %
+ % Read input from the index file line by line.
+ \loopdo
+ \ifeof1
+ \let\firsttoken\relax
+ \else
+ \read 1 to \nextline
+ \edef\act{\gdef\noexpand\firsttoken{\getfirsttoken\nextline}}%
+ \act
+ \fi
+ \thisline
+ %
+ \ifeof1\else
+ \let\thisline\nextline
+ \repeat
+ %%
\enddoublecolumns
\fi
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup}
+\def\getfirsttoken#1{\expandafter\getfirsttokenx#1\endfirsttoken}
+\long\def\getfirsttokenx#1#2\endfirsttoken{\noexpand#1}
+
+\def\loopdo#1\repeat{\def\body{#1}\loopdoxxx}
+\def\loopdoxxx{\let\next=\relax\body\let\next=\loopdoxxx\fi\next}
+
% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-\def\initial#1{{%
- % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
- \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
- %
+{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13
+\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13
+\catcode`\$=3
+\gdef\initialglyphs{%
+ % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the
+ % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere
+ % for these characters.
+ \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}%
+ \let\\=\indexbackslash
+ %
+ % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash
+ \catcode`\/=13
+ \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}%
+ \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--'
+ \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}%
+ \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}%
+ \def\_{%
+ \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }%
+ \def|{$\vert$}%
+ \def<{$\less$}%
+ \def>{$\gtr$}%
+ \def+{$\normalplus$}%
+}}
+
+\def\initial{%
+ \bgroup
+ \initialglyphs
+ \initialx
+}
+
+\def\initialx#1{%
% Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
\removelastskip
%
% We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+ % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the
+ % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing.
\nobreak
- \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
- \penalty 0
- \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
+ \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
+ \penalty -300
+ \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
%
% Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
% baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
@@ -4950,63 +5573,45 @@ end
% we need before each entry, but it's better.
%
% No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
- \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
- \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+ \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip
+ \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}%
+ % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of
+ % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that
+ % \leftline creates.
% Do our best not to break after the initial.
\nobreak
\vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
-}}
+ \egroup % \initialglyphs
+}
+
+\newdimen\entryrightmargin
+\entryrightmargin=0pt
% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
%
-% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
-% \def\entry#1#2{...
-% But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
-% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
-% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
-% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
-% --kasal, 21nov03
\def\entry{%
\begingroup
%
+ % For pdfTeX and XeTeX.
+ % The redefinition of \domark stops marks being added in \pdflink to
+ % preserve coloured links across page boundaries. Otherwise the marks
+ % would get in the way of \lastbox in \insertindexentrybox.
+ \let\domark\relax
+ %
% Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
% affect previous text.
\par
%
- % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
- \parfillskip = 0in
- %
% No extra space above this paragraph.
\parskip = 0in
%
- % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
- \finalhyphendemerits = 0
- %
- % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
- % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
- % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
- % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
- % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
- %
- % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
- % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
- \hangindent = 2em
- %
- % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
- % with blank space.
- \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
- %
- % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
- % columns.
- \vskip 0pt plus1pt
- %
% When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
% from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section
% titles, for instance.
\def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
- \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}%
+ \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command
%
% Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
\afterassignment\doentry
@@ -5014,45 +5619,166 @@ end
}
\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
\def\doentry{%
+ % Save the text of the entry
+ \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
\bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
\noindent
\aftergroup\finishentry
% And now comes the text of the entry.
+ % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems
+ % with catcodes occurring.
}
-\def\finishentry#1{%
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\finishentry#1{%
+ \egroup % end box A
+ \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry
+ \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup\unhbox\boxA
% #1 is the page number.
%
- % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
- % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
- % cursed by a Unix daemon.
- \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}%
- \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt
- \ %
+ % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use
+ % leaders if they are present.
+ \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}%
+ \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
+ \null\nobreak\hfill\ %
\else
%
- % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
- % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
- % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
- \hfil\penalty50
\null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
%
- % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
- % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
- % \hbox ensues.
\ifpdf
- \pdfgettoks#1.%
- \ \the\toksA
+ \pdfgettoks#1.%
+ \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
\else
- \ #1%
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1%
+ \else
+ \pdfgettoks#1.%
+ \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
+ \fi
\fi
\fi
- \par
+ \egroup % end \boxA
+ \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
+ \global\setbox\entryindexbox=\vbox{\unhbox\boxA}%
+ \else
+ \global\setbox\entryindexbox=\vbox\bgroup
+ % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the
+ % page numbers to be aligned to the right.
+ %
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill
+ \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+ % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own
+ % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right.
+ \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill
+ %
+ \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin
+ % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin.
+ % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to
+ % fit on one line in @letterpaper format.
+ \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em
+ \dimen@i=2.1em
+ \else
+ \dimen@i=0em
+ \fi
+ \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i
+ %
+ \dimen@ii = \hsize
+ \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip
+ \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin
+ \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i
+ \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line
+ \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text
+ \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@ % Try to split the text roughly evenly
+ \dimen@ii = \hsize
+ \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii
+ % If the entry is too long, use the whole line
+ \dimen@ = \dimen@ii
+ \fi
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right
+ \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip
+ \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii
+ % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only,
+ % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX
+ % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing.
+ %
+ \leftskip = 1em
+ \parindent = -1em
+ \fi\fi
+ \indent % start paragraph
+ \unhbox\boxA
+ %
+ % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+ \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+ %
+ % Word spacing - no stretch
+ \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font
+ %
+ \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks.
+ \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation.
+ %
+ \par % format the paragraph
+ \egroup % The \vbox
+ \fi
\endgroup
+ % delay text of entry until after penalty
+ \bgroup\aftergroup\insertindexentrybox
+ \entrywidowpenalty
+}}
+
+\newskip\thinshrinkable
+\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em
+
+\newbox\entryindexbox
+\def\insertindexentrybox{%
+ \ourunvbox\entryindexbox
+}
+
+% Use \lastbox to take apart vbox box by box, and add each sub-box
+% to the current vertical list.
+\def\ourunvbox#1{%
+\bgroup % for local binding of \delayedbox
+ % Remove the last box from box #1
+ \global\setbox#1=\vbox{%
+ \unvbox#1%
+ \unskip % remove any glue
+ \unpenalty
+ \global\setbox\interbox=\lastbox
+ }%
+ \setbox\delayedbox=\box\interbox
+ \ifdim\ht#1=0pt\else
+ \ourunvbox#1 % Repeat on what's left of the box
+ \nobreak
+ \fi
+ \box\delayedbox
+\egroup
+}
+\newbox\delayedbox
+\newbox\interbox
+
+% Default is no penalty
+\let\entrywidowpenalty\egroup
+
+% Used from \printindex. \firsttoken should be the first token
+% after the \entry. If it's not another \entry, we are at the last
+% line of a group of index entries, so insert a penalty to discourage
+% widowed index entries.
+\long\def\indexwidowpenalty{%
+ \def\isentry{\entry}%
+ \ifx\firsttoken\isentry
+ \else
+ \penalty 9000
+ \fi
+ \egroup % now comes the box added with \aftergroup
}
% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
+% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push
+% the page number to the right.
\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
- \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+ \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll}
+
\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
@@ -5066,7 +5792,11 @@ end
\ifpdf
\pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
\else
- #2
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ #2
+ \else
+ \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+ \fi
\fi
\par
}}
@@ -5074,12 +5804,37 @@ end
% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11
+\catcode`\@=11 % private names
\newbox\partialpage
\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
+% Use inside an output routine to save \topmark and \firstmark
+\def\savemarks{%
+ \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark }%
+ \global\savedfirstmark=\expandafter{\firstmark }%
+}
+\newtoks\savedtopmark
+\newtoks\savedfirstmark
+
+% Set \topmark and \firstmark for next time \output runs.
+% Can't be run from withinside \output (because any material
+% added while an output routine is active, including
+% penalties, is saved for after it finishes). The page so far
+% should be empty, otherwise what's on it will be thrown away.
+\def\restoremarks{%
+ \mark{\the\savedtopmark}%
+ \bgroup\output = {%
+ \setbox\dummybox=\box\PAGE
+ }abc\eject\egroup
+ % "abc" because output routine doesn't fire for a completely empty page.
+ \mark{\the\savedfirstmark}%
+}
+
\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+ % If not much space left on page, start a new page.
+ \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi
+ %
% Grab any single-column material above us.
\output = {%
%
@@ -5099,8 +5854,15 @@ end
\unvbox\PAGE
\kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
}%
+ \savemarks
}%
\eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+ \restoremarks
+ %
+ % We recover the two marks that the last output routine saved in order
+ % to propagate the information in marks added around a chapter heading,
+ % which could be otherwise be lost by the time the final page is output.
+ %
%
% Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
\output = {\doublecolumnout}%
@@ -5129,12 +5891,16 @@ end
% Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
% since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
\vsize = 2\vsize
+ %
+ % For the benefit of balancing columns
+ \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt
}
% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last.
+% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns.
%
\def\doublecolumnout{%
+ %
\splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
% Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
% (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
@@ -5157,10 +5923,11 @@ end
%
\hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
\wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
- \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+ \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
}
-%
-% All done with double columns.
+
+
+% Finished with with double columns.
\def\enddoublecolumns{%
% The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
% _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the
@@ -5183,7 +5950,7 @@ end
% goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
% section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
% \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
- % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see
+ % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see
% \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
%
% Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
@@ -5191,21 +5958,21 @@ end
\penalty0
%
\output = {%
- % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
- % current page, no automatic page break.
+ % Split the last of the double-column material.
+ \savemarks
\balancecolumns
%
- % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
- % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
- % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+ % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
% want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
- % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
- % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
- % the output somewhat more palatable.)
+ % definition right away.
\global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
}%
\eject
\endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+ \restoremarks
+ % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic
+ % page break.
+ \box\balancedcolumns
%
% \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
% the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
@@ -5213,31 +5980,59 @@ end
% \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
\pagegoal = \vsize
}
+\newbox\balancedcolumns
+\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}%
%
-% Called at the end of the double column material.
+% Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout
+% does the others.
\def\balancecolumns{%
\setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
\dimen@ = \ht0
\advance\dimen@ by \topskip
\advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
- \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
- %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
- {%
- \vbadness = 10000
- \loop
- \global\setbox3 = \copy0
- \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
- \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
- \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
- \repeat
- }%
- %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
- \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
- \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+ \ifdim\dimen@<5\baselineskip
+ % Don't split a short final column in two.
+ \setbox2=\vbox{}%
+ \else
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+ \dimen@ii = \dimen@
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column.
+ {%
+ \vbadness = 10000
+ \loop
+ \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+ \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+ \ifdim\ht1<\ht3
+ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+ \repeat
+ }%
+ % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3.
+ % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself.
+ % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so
+ % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize).
+ \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize
+ % Just split the last of the double column material roughly in half.
+ \setbox2=\box0
+ \setbox0 = \vsplit2 to \dimen@ii
+ \setbox0=\vbox to \dimen@ii {\unvbox0\vfill}%
+ \setbox2=\vbox to \dimen@ii {\unvbox2\vfill}%
+ \else
+ % Compare the heights of the two columns.
+ \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3
+ % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms
+ % flush with each other.
+ \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}%
+ \else
+ % Make column bottoms flush with each other.
+ \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
%
- \pagesofar
+ \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
}
\catcode`\@ = \other
@@ -5252,10 +6047,14 @@ end
\null
\vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit
\begingroup
- \noindent \titlefonts\rmisbold #1\par % the text
+ \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text
\let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with
\writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
\headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page
+ % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter
+ % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents.
+ \let\pchapsepmacro\relax
+ \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
\chapoddpage
\endgroup
}
@@ -5500,9 +6299,6 @@ end
% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
- % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
- % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
- % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
\unnmhead0{#1}%
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
@@ -5626,7 +6422,11 @@ end
% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+
+% Start a new page
\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter
% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't
% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
@@ -5641,7 +6441,7 @@ end
\fi
}
-\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
@@ -5662,17 +6462,26 @@ end
\CHAPPAGon
-% Chapter opening.
+% \chapmacro - Chapter opening.
%
% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+% Not used for @heading series.
%
% To test against our argument.
\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
-\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
+\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
%
\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else
+ \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment.
+ \fi
+ % FIXME: \chapmacro is currently called from inside \titlepage when
+ % \setcontentsaftertitlepage to print the "Table of Contents" heading, but
+ % this should probably be done by \sectionheading with an option to print
+ % in chapter size.
+ %
% Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
\let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
@@ -5724,7 +6533,8 @@ end
\domark
%
{%
- \chapfonts \rmisbold
+ \chapfonts \rm
+ \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message
%
% Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the
% xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
@@ -5777,30 +6587,6 @@ end
}
-% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
-% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
-%
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-%
-\def\unnchfopen #1{%
- \chapoddpage
- \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
- \nobreak\bigskip\nobreak
-}
-\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
-\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
-\par\penalty 5000 %
-}
-\def\centerchfopen #1{%
- \chapoddpage
- \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings \hfill #1\hfill}%
- \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak
-}
-\def\CHAPFopen{%
- \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
- \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-
-
% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
%
@@ -5818,22 +6604,29 @@ end
% Print any size, any type, section title.
%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
-% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
-% section number.
+% #1 is the text of the title,
+% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec),
+% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc),
+% #4 is the section number.
%
\def\seckeyword{sec}
%
\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
{%
- \checkenv{}% should not be in an environment.
- %
- % Switch to the right set of fonts.
- \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rmisbold
- %
\def\sectionlevel{#2}%
\def\temptype{#3}%
%
+ % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an
+ % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is
+ % dubious), but not the others.
+ \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else
+ \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment.
+ \fi
+ \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading
+ %
+ % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+ \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
+ %
% Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
@@ -5885,7 +6678,7 @@ end
%
% Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
% between here and the heading.
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
\domark
%
% Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
@@ -5996,7 +6789,14 @@ end
% 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
% two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
% `1', and two named `2'.
- \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+ \ifpdf
+ \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
+ \else
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
+ \fi
+ \fi
}
@@ -6045,7 +6845,7 @@ end
\savepageno = \pageno
\begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
\raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
- \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+ \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
%
% Roman numerals for page numbers.
\ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
@@ -6150,7 +6950,7 @@ end
% Chapters, in the main contents.
\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-%
+
% Chapters, in the short toc.
% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
@@ -6165,7 +6965,7 @@ end
\setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
\hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
%
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}}
% Unnumbered chapters.
\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
@@ -6198,6 +6998,8 @@ end
\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
\penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
\begingroup
+ % Move the page numbers slightly to the right
+ \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em
\chapentryfonts
\tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup
@@ -6252,14 +7054,14 @@ end
\catcode `\|=\other
\catcode `\<=\other
\catcode `\>=\other
- \catcode`\`=\other
- \catcode`\'=\other
- \escapechar=`\\
+ \catcode `\`=\other
+ \catcode `\'=\other
%
% ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our
% other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
\mathactive
%
+ % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file.
\let\b=\ptexb
\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
\let\c=\ptexc
@@ -6275,9 +7077,11 @@ end
\let\+=\tabalign
\let\}=\ptexrbrace
\let\/=\ptexslash
+ \let\sp=\ptexsp
\let\*=\ptexstar
+ %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode
\let\t=\ptext
- \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % outer
+ \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer
\let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
%
\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
@@ -6314,6 +7118,24 @@ end
\endgraf
\ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
\removelastskip
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+ % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text
+ % often leads into it.
+ \penalty100
+ \fi
+ \vskip\envskipamount
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}}
+
+\def\afterenvbreak{{%
+ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+ % \sectionheading, q.v.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+ \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+ \endgraf
+ \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+ \removelastskip
% it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
% or better ...
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
@@ -6322,8 +7144,6 @@ end
\fi
}}
-\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-
% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
\let\nonarrowing=\relax
@@ -6361,15 +7181,13 @@ end
% side, and for 6pt waste from
% each corner char, and rule thickness
\normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
- % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
%
% If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
% \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
% collide with the section heading.
\ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi
%
- \vbox\bgroup
+ \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup
\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
\carttop
\hbox\bgroup
@@ -6393,6 +7211,7 @@ end
\egroup
\cartbot
\egroup
+ \addgroupbox
\checkinserts
}
@@ -6402,7 +7221,7 @@ end
\newdimen\nonfillparindent
\def\nonfillstart{%
\aboveenvbreak
- \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
+ \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy
\sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
\let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
\obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
@@ -6529,9 +7348,13 @@ end
% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
-% justification. From plain.tex.
+% justification. From plain.tex. Don't stretch around special
+% characters in urls in this environment, since the stretch at the right
+% should be enough.
\envdef\raggedright{%
- \rightskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
+ \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
+ \def\urefprestretchamount{0pt}%
+ \def\urefpoststretchamount{0pt}%
}
\let\Eraggedright\par
@@ -6771,7 +7594,7 @@ end
% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is very desirable.
+% possible is desirable.
%
\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
@@ -6866,7 +7689,7 @@ end
\temp
}
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
+% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) }
%
% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
@@ -7075,7 +7898,7 @@ end
\fi % no return type
#3% output function name
}%
- {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
+ {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont
%
\boldbrax
% arguments will be output next, if any.
@@ -7204,34 +8027,41 @@ end
}
\fi
-\def\scanmacro#1{\begingroup
+% alias because \c means cedilla in @tex or @math
+\let\texinfoc=\c
+
+\newcount\savedcatcodeone
+\newcount\savedcatcodetwo
+
+% Used at the time of macro expansion.
+% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
\newlinechar`\^^M
- \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+ \def\xeatspaces{\eatspaces}%
%
- % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
- % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
- % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had
- % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears
- % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04
- \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
+ % Temporarily undo catcode changes of \printindex. Set catcode of @ to
+ % 0 so that @-commands in macro expansions aren't printed literally when
+ % formatting an index file, where \ is used as the escape character.
+ \savedcatcodeone=\catcode`\@
+ \savedcatcodetwo=\catcode`\\
+ \catcode`\@=0
+ \catcode`\\=\active
%
- % ... and for \example:
- \spaceisspace
+ % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime.
+ \scantokens{#1@texinfoc}%
%
- % The \empty here causes a following catcode 5 newline to be eaten as
- % part of reading whitespace after a control sequence. It does not
- % eat a catcode 13 newline. There's no good way to handle the two
- % cases (untried: maybe e-TeX's \everyeof could help, though plain TeX
- % would then have different behavior). See the Macro Details node in
- % the manual for the workaround we recommend for macros and
- % line-oriented commands.
- %
- \scantokens{#1\empty}%
-\endgroup}
+ \catcode`\@=\savedcatcodeone
+ \catcode`\\=\savedcatcodetwo
+ %
+ % The \texinfoc is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and
+ % can be noticed by \parsearg.
+ % We avoid surrounding the call to \scantokens with \bgroup and \egroup
+ % to allow macros to open or close groups themselves.
+}
+% Used for copying and captions
\def\scanexp#1{%
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
- \temp
+ \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}%
}
\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
@@ -7239,7 +8069,7 @@ end
\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
% List of all defined macros in the form
-% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
+% \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2...
% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
% if there is a need.
\def\macrolist{}
@@ -7247,7 +8077,7 @@ end
% Add the macro to \macrolist
\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}%
\xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
}
@@ -7297,48 +8127,45 @@ end
\catcode`\+=\other
\catcode`\<=\other
\catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\^=\other
\catcode`\_=\other
\catcode`\|=\other
\catcode`\~=\other
- \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi
+ \passthroughcharstrue
}
\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros.
\scanctxt
+ \catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\\=\other
\catcode`\^^M=\other
}
\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions
\scanctxt
+ \catcode`\ =\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\{=\other
\catcode`\}=\other
\catcode`\^^M=\other
\usembodybackslash
}
-\def\macroargctxt{% used when scanning invocations
+% Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode
+% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside
+% an argument to another Texinfo command.
+\def\macroargctxt{%
\scanctxt
- \catcode`\\=0
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+ \catcode`\\=\active
}
-% why catcode 0 for \ in the above? To recognize \\ \{ \} as "escapes"
-% for the single characters \ { }. Thus, we end up with the "commands"
-% that would be written @\ @{ @} in a Texinfo document.
-%
-% We already have @{ and @}. For @\, we define it here, and only for
-% this purpose, to produce a typewriter backslash (so, the @\ that we
-% define for @math can't be used with @macro calls):
-%
-\def\\{\normalbackslash}%
-%
-% We would like to do this for \, too, since that is what makeinfo does.
-% But it is not possible, because Texinfo already has a command @, for a
-% cedilla accent. Documents must use @comma{} instead.
-%
-% \anythingelse will almost certainly be an error of some kind.
+\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\{=\other
+ \catcode`\}=\other
+}
% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
@@ -7391,7 +8218,7 @@ end
% Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
\begingroup
\expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
- \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
+ \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo
\xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
\endgroup
\else
@@ -7406,61 +8233,40 @@ end
\ifx #1\relax
% remove this
\else
- \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
+ \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1%
\fi
}
-% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to
+% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list.
\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
-% For macro processing make @ a letter so that we can make Texinfo private macro names.
-\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
-\catcode `@=11\relax
-
-% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
-% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH
-% in the params list to some hook where the argument si to be expanded. If
-% there are less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
+% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro.
+% Set \paramno to the number of arguments,
+% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a
+% three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params
+% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are
+% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.
%
% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
%
-% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
-% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
-% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
-% it to # just before using the token list produced.
-%
-% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
-% the macro is used.
-%
-% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
-% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
-% processed again to replace the arguments.
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see
+% \parsemmanyargdef.
%
-% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
-% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
-% the catcode regime underwhich the body was input).
-%
-% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
-% arguments, you need that no macro has more than 256 arguments, otherwise an
-% error is produced.
\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
\let\hash\relax
+ % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions
\let\xeatspaces\relax
\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
- % In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
- % list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
- % each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
- % in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
- % are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
- % twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
\ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
\paramno0\relax
\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
@@ -7475,6 +8281,43 @@ end
\edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
\fi\next}
+% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody
+%
+% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since
+% rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+%
+% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro
+% body to be transformed.
+% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro.
+%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
+
+% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names.
+\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
+\catcode `@=11\relax
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
+% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
+% processed again to replace the arguments.
+%
+% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
+% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
+% the catcode regime under which the body was input).
+%
+% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
+% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error).
+%
+% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
+% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
+% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
+% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
+% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
+% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
\if#1;\let\next=\relax
\else
@@ -7490,16 +8333,6 @@ end
\advance\paramno by 1\relax
\fi\next}
-% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
-% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
-%
-
-\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode
-\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\catcode `\@=11\relax
\let\endargs@\relax
\let\nil@\relax
@@ -7507,7 +8340,7 @@ end
\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
-% definition. It gets all the arguments values and assigns them to macros
+% definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros
% macarg.ARGNAME
%
% #1 is the macro name
@@ -7528,8 +8361,6 @@ end
\getargvals@@
\fi
}
-
-%
\def\getargvals@@{%
\ifx\paramlist\nilm@
% Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
@@ -7573,7 +8404,8 @@ end
}
% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
-% in macro \@tempa
+% in macro \@tempa.
+%
\def\macvalstoargs@{%
% To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
% within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
@@ -7597,8 +8429,9 @@ end
\expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
}
+% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
+%
\def\macargexpandinbody@{%
- %% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
\expandafter
\endgroup
\macargdeflist@
@@ -7635,14 +8468,8 @@ end
\next
}
-% Save the token stack pointer into macro #1
-\def\texisavetoksstackpoint#1{\edef#1{\the\@cclvi}}
-% Restore the token stack pointer from number in macro #1
-\def\texirestoretoksstackpoint#1{\expandafter\mathchardef\expandafter\@cclvi#1\relax}
-% newtoks that can be used non \outer .
-\def\texinonouternewtoks{\alloc@ 5\toks \toksdef \@cclvi}
-
-% Tailing missing arguments are set to empty
+% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty.
+%
\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
\ifx\paramlist\nilm@
\let\next\macargexpandinbody@
@@ -7672,99 +8499,191 @@ end
\long\def#2{#4}%
}
-% This defines a Texinfo @macro. There are eight cases: recursive and
-% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
-% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody.
+% \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for
+% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}".
+% \paramno is the number of parameters
+% \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3,"
+% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group.
%
\def\defmacro{%
\let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
- \ifrecursive
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \or % 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \else
- \ifnum\paramno<10\relax % at most 9
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \else % 10 or more
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
- }%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
- \fi
- \fi
+ \ifnum\paramno=1
+ \def\xeatspaces##1{##1}%
+ % This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't
+ % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost
+ % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based
+ % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly.
\else
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
+ \let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion
+ \fi
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup
+ \noexpand\spaceisspace
+ \noexpand\endlineisspace
+ \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name.
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}%
+ }%
+ \else % at most 9
+ \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
+ % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument
+ % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a
+ % comma.
+ % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list.
+ % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted.
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \or % 1
+ \bgroup
+ \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the
+ \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space.
+ \noexpand\expandafter
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
+ \noexpand\passargtomacro
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
+ \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
+ \else % 10 or more:
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \else % at most 9
- \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \else % 10 or more:
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
- }%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\norecurse
- \fi
+ \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
+ }%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
\fi
\fi}
-\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax
+\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes
\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
-% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
-% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
-% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
-% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg).
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape
+@catcode`@_=11 % private names
+@catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator
+
+% \passargtomacro#1#2 -
+% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2
+% compressed to one.
+%
+% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use
+% \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where
+% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to
+% an auxiliary file for an index entry).
+%
+% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to
+% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is
+%
+% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input)
+%
+% where:
+% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call
+% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro
+% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing
+% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next
+
+@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{%
+ @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\%
+}
+@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 used to look ahead
+%
+% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument;
+% otherwise, remove the next token.
+@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{%
+ @ifx#4\%
+ @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish
+ @else
+ @expandafter@add_segment
+ @fi#1!{#2}#4#4%
+}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled.
+% #5 looks ahead
+%
+% Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead.
+@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{%
+ @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5%
+}
+
+@gdef@is_fi{@fi}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 is input stream until next backslash
+%
+% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a
+% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash.
+% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish,
+% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until
+% the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent
+% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been
+% added to ARG_RESULT.
+@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{%
+@ifx#3@_finish
+ @call_the_macro#1!%
+@else
+ % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment
+ @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi
+ % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead.
+ % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how
+ % long #4 is.
+}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO
+% #2 - ARG_RESULT
+% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the
+% conditional.
+@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}}
+
+}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks
+% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context
+% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then,
+% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular
+% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC.
%
\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
\def\braceorlinexxx{%
- \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
- \expandafter\parsearg
+ \ifx\nchar\bgroup
+ \macroargctxt
+ \expandafter\passargtomacro
+ \else
+ \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg
\fi \macnamexxx}
@@ -7846,7 +8765,10 @@ end
\pdfmkdest{#1}%
\iflinks
{%
+ \requireauxfile
\atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
+ % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX.
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
\edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
@@ -7885,9 +8807,12 @@ end
% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
%
-\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX}
+\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX}
+\def\ref{\xrefXX}
+
+\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX}
+\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]}
%
\newbox\toprefbox
\newbox\printedrefnamebox
@@ -7934,9 +8859,10 @@ end
%
% Make link in pdf output.
\ifpdf
+ % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
{\indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
\makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
% This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
% etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
% #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
@@ -7944,35 +8870,74 @@ end
%
% This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
% spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
- \edef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
- \ifx\pdfxrefdest\empty
- \def\pdfxrefdest{Top}% no empty targets
- \else
- \txiescapepdf\pdfxrefdest % escape PDF special chars
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ %
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
\fi
%
\leavevmode
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
\ifnum\filenamelength>0
- goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}%
\else
- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}%
\fi
}%
\setcolor{\linkcolor}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ % For XeTeX
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
+ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
+ % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ %
+ % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
+ % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ %
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
+ \fi
+ %
+ \leavevmode
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ % With default settings,
+ % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers.
+ % In this case, the replaced destination names of
+ % remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement,
+ % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
+ % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+),
+ % this command line option is no longer necessary
+ % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special.
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
+ << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
+ \else
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
+ << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
+ \fi
\fi
- %
- % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
- % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
- % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
{%
% Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
% include an _ in the xref name, etc.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
\csname XR#1-title\endcsname
}%
+ %
+ % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
+ % instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by
+ % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string.
\iffloat\Xthisreftitle
% If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
% print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
@@ -8031,6 +8996,15 @@ end
%
% output the `page 3'.
\turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+ % Add a , if xref followed by a space
+ \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,%
+ \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB
+ \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @*
+ \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE
+ \else\ifx\
+ \tokenafterxref ,% @NL
+ \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\fi\fi
\fi
\endlink
@@ -8097,13 +9071,14 @@ end
\fi\fi\fi
}
-% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-%
+% \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME. SUFFIX
+% is output afterwards if non-empty.
\def\refx#1#2{%
+ \requireauxfile
{%
\indexnofonts
\otherbackslash
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
\csname XR#1\endcsname
}%
@@ -8128,16 +9103,18 @@ end
#2% Output the suffix in any case.
}
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
-% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
-% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control
+% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence
+% name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float
+% type, we have more work to do.
%
\def\xrdef#1#2{%
- {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current
- % implementation are changed to commands like @'e. Don't let these
- % mess up the control sequence name.
+ {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences.
+ % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands
+ % like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
\xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
}%
%
@@ -8164,6 +9141,23 @@ end
\fi
}
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file.
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it.
+\def\requireauxfile{%
+ \iflinks
+ \tryauxfile
+ % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+ \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+ \fi
+ \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once.
+}
+
% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
%
\def\tryauxfile{%
@@ -8242,16 +9236,6 @@ end
% now. --karl, 15jan04.
\catcode`\\=\other
%
- % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
- {%
- \count1=128
- \def\loop{%
- \catcode\count1=\other
- \advance\count1 by 1
- \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
- }%
- }%
- %
% @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
\catcode`\{=1
\catcode`\}=2
@@ -8284,8 +9268,6 @@ end
%
% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
\gdef\footnote{%
- \let\indent=\ptexindent
- \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
\global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
\edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
%
@@ -8309,10 +9291,15 @@ end
%
\gdef\dofootnote{%
\insert\footins\bgroup
+ %
+ % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot
+ % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.)
+ \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest
+ %
% We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
% footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
% So reset some parameters.
- \hsize=\pagewidth
+ \hsize=\txipagewidth
\interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
\splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
\splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
@@ -8346,13 +9333,24 @@ end
}
}%end \catcode `\@=11
+\def\errfootnotenest{%
+ \errhelp=\EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex,
+ even though they work in makeinfo; sorry}
+}
+
+\def\errfootnoteheading{%
+ \errhelp=\EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported}
+}
+
% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
% would be lost.
% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
-
+%
% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
% out prematurely.
@@ -8450,6 +9448,7 @@ end
\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
\normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
+ \def\xprocessmacroarg{\eatspaces}% in case we are being used via a macro
% If the image is by itself, center it.
\ifvmode
\imagevmodetrue
@@ -8479,12 +9478,21 @@ end
%
% Output the image.
\ifpdf
+ % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80
\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\else
- % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
- \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ % For epsf.tex
+ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+ \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \else
+ % For XeTeX
+ \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \fi
\fi
%
\ifimagevmode
@@ -8606,7 +9614,7 @@ end
%
\ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
\ifx\floatident\empty \else
- \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
+ \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
\fi
%
% caption text.
@@ -8630,32 +9638,20 @@ end
% \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
% caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
{%
+ \requireauxfile
\atdummies
%
- % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
- % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
- % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
- \scanexp{%
- \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
- \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
- \thiscaption
- \else
- \thisshortcaption
- \fi
- }%
- }%
+ \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
+ \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}%
+ \else
+ \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}%
+ \fi
\immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
- \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
+ \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
}%
\fi
\egroup % end of \vtop
%
- % place the captured inserts
- %
- % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
- % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
- % float. --kasal, 26may04
- %
\checkinserts
}
@@ -8769,20 +9765,20 @@ end
{
\catcode`\_ = \active
\globaldefs=1
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup
- \let_=\normalunderscore % normal _ character for filenames
+\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
\tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
% Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
+ \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test
\openin 1 txi-#1.tex
\ifeof 1
- \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}%
+ \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish
\else
\globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
\input txi-#1.tex
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup % end raw TeX
-\endgroup}
+}
%
% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
% try txi-de.tex.
@@ -8830,6 +9826,70 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
\global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
}
+% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively.
+% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation.
+% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise.
+%
+\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable
+\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio
+
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ \txinativeunicodecapablefalse
+ \txiusebytewiseiotrue
+ \else
+ \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
+ \txiusebytewiseiofalse
+ \fi
+\else
+ \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
+ \txiusebytewiseiofalse
+\fi
+
+% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex
+% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings.
+%
+\def\setbytewiseio{%
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read
+ \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file
+ % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for
+ % output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files.
+ % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in
+ % place of non-ASCII characters.
+ \fi
+
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \directlua{
+ local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub
+ local function convert_char (char)
+ return utf8_char(byte(char))
+ end
+
+ local function convert_line (line)
+ return gsub(line, ".", convert_char)
+ end
+
+ callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line)
+
+ local function convert_line_out (line)
+ local line_out = ""
+ for c in string.utfvalues(line) do
+ line_out = line_out .. string.char(c)
+ end
+ return line_out
+ end
+
+ callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out)
+ }
+ \fi
+
+ \txiusebytewiseiotrue
+}
+
+
% Helpers for encodings.
% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
%
@@ -8852,7 +9912,9 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
% according to the specified encoding.
%
-\parseargdef\documentencoding{%
+\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz}
+\def\documentencodingzzz#1{%
+ %
% Encoding being declared for the document.
\def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
%
@@ -8868,35 +9930,66 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
\asciichardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \setbytewiseio
+ \fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\lattwochardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \setbytewiseio
+ \fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\latonechardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \setbytewiseio
+ \fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\latninechardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
- \utfeightchardefs
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX)
+ \nativeunicodechardefs
+ \else
+ % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX)
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level
+ % (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated
+ % definitions gets triggered. Making non-ascii chars active is
+ % sufficient.
+ \fi
%
\else
- \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}%
+ \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}%
%
\fi % utfeight
\fi % latnine
\fi % latone
\fi % lattwo
\fi % ascii
+ %
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
+ \else
+ \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle %
+ non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
}
+% emacs-page
% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
% the default font encoding (OT1).
%
-\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}}
+\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}}
% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
@@ -8906,111 +9999,119 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
% macros containing the character definitions.
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
%
+
+\def\gdefchar#1#2{%
+\gdef#1{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars
+ \string#1%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \fi
+}}
+
% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
\def\latonechardefs{%
- \gdef^^a0{\tie}
- \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown}
- \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}}
- \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}}
- \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
- \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}}
- \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}}
- \gdef^^a7{\S}
- \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
- \gdef^^a9{\copyright}
- \gdef^^aa{\ordf}
- \gdef^^ab{\guillemetleft}
- \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$}
- \gdef^^ad{\-}
- \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol}
- \gdef^^af{\={}}
- %
- \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
- \gdef^^b1{$\pm$}
- \gdef^^b2{$^2$}
- \gdef^^b3{$^3$}
- \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
- \gdef^^b5{$\mu$}
- \gdef^^b6{\P}
- %
- \gdef^^b7{$^.$}
- \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
- \gdef^^b9{$^1$}
- \gdef^^ba{\ordm}
- %
- \gdef^^bb{\guillemetright}
- \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$}
- \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$}
- \gdef^^be{$3\over4$}
- \gdef^^bf{\questiondown}
- %
- \gdef^^c0{\`A}
- \gdef^^c1{\'A}
- \gdef^^c2{\^A}
- \gdef^^c3{\~A}
- \gdef^^c4{\"A}
- \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A}
- \gdef^^c6{\AE}
- \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
- \gdef^^c8{\`E}
- \gdef^^c9{\'E}
- \gdef^^ca{\^E}
- \gdef^^cb{\"E}
- \gdef^^cc{\`I}
- \gdef^^cd{\'I}
- \gdef^^ce{\^I}
- \gdef^^cf{\"I}
- %
- \gdef^^d0{\DH}
- \gdef^^d1{\~N}
- \gdef^^d2{\`O}
- \gdef^^d3{\'O}
- \gdef^^d4{\^O}
- \gdef^^d5{\~O}
- \gdef^^d6{\"O}
- \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
- \gdef^^d8{\O}
- \gdef^^d9{\`U}
- \gdef^^da{\'U}
- \gdef^^db{\^U}
- \gdef^^dc{\"U}
- \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
- \gdef^^de{\TH}
- \gdef^^df{\ss}
- %
- \gdef^^e0{\`a}
- \gdef^^e1{\'a}
- \gdef^^e2{\^a}
- \gdef^^e3{\~a}
- \gdef^^e4{\"a}
- \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a}
- \gdef^^e6{\ae}
- \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
- \gdef^^e8{\`e}
- \gdef^^e9{\'e}
- \gdef^^ea{\^e}
- \gdef^^eb{\"e}
- \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
- \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
- \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
- \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
- %
- \gdef^^f0{\dh}
- \gdef^^f1{\~n}
- \gdef^^f2{\`o}
- \gdef^^f3{\'o}
- \gdef^^f4{\^o}
- \gdef^^f5{\~o}
- \gdef^^f6{\"o}
- \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
- \gdef^^f8{\o}
- \gdef^^f9{\`u}
- \gdef^^fa{\'u}
- \gdef^^fb{\^u}
- \gdef^^fc{\"u}
- \gdef^^fd{\'y}
- \gdef^^fe{\th}
- \gdef^^ff{\"y}
+ \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
+ \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown}
+ \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent
+ \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency
+ \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen
+ \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar
+ \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
+ \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}}
+ \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf}
+ \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}}
+ \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot}
+ \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
+ \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}}
+ \gdefchar^^af{\={}}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
+ \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$}
+ \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$}
+ \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$}
+ \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$}
+ \gdefchar^^b6{\P}
+ \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot}
+ \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+ \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$}
+ \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm}
+ \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}}
+ \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$}
+ \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$}
+ \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$}
+ \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^c0{\`A}
+ \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
+ \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
+ \gdefchar^^c3{\~A}
+ \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
+ \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A}
+ \gdefchar^^c6{\AE}
+ \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
+ \gdefchar^^c8{\`E}
+ \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
+ \gdefchar^^ca{\^E}
+ \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
+ \gdefchar^^cc{\`I}
+ \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
+ \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
+ \gdefchar^^cf{\"I}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
+ \gdefchar^^d1{\~N}
+ \gdefchar^^d2{\`O}
+ \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
+ \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
+ \gdefchar^^d5{\~O}
+ \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
+ \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+ \gdefchar^^d8{\O}
+ \gdefchar^^d9{\`U}
+ \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
+ \gdefchar^^db{\^U}
+ \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
+ \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
+ \gdefchar^^de{\TH}
+ \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^e0{\`a}
+ \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
+ \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
+ \gdefchar^^e3{\~a}
+ \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
+ \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a}
+ \gdefchar^^e6{\ae}
+ \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
+ \gdefchar^^e8{\`e}
+ \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
+ \gdefchar^^ea{\^e}
+ \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
+ \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
+ \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
+ \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
+ \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
+ \gdefchar^^f1{\~n}
+ \gdefchar^^f2{\`o}
+ \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
+ \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
+ \gdefchar^^f5{\~o}
+ \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
+ \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+ \gdefchar^^f8{\o}
+ \gdefchar^^f9{\`u}
+ \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
+ \gdefchar^^fb{\^u}
+ \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
+ \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
+ \gdefchar^^fe{\th}
+ \gdefchar^^ff{\"y}
}
% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
@@ -9018,119 +10119,119 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
% Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
\latonechardefs
%
- \gdef^^a4{\euro}
- \gdef^^a6{\v S}
- \gdef^^a8{\v s}
- \gdef^^b4{\v Z}
- \gdef^^b8{\v z}
- \gdef^^bc{\OE}
- \gdef^^bd{\oe}
- \gdef^^be{\"Y}
+ \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a6{\v S}
+ \gdefchar^^a8{\v s}
+ \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z}
+ \gdefchar^^b8{\v z}
+ \gdefchar^^bc{\OE}
+ \gdefchar^^bd{\oe}
+ \gdefchar^^be{\"Y}
}
% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
\def\lattwochardefs{%
- \gdef^^a0{\tie}
- \gdef^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
- \gdef^^a2{\u{}}
- \gdef^^a3{\L}
- \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
- \gdef^^a5{\v L}
- \gdef^^a6{\'S}
- \gdef^^a7{\S}
- \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
- \gdef^^a9{\v S}
- \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S}
- \gdef^^ab{\v T}
- \gdef^^ac{\'Z}
- \gdef^^ad{\-}
- \gdef^^ae{\v Z}
- \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z}
- %
- \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
- \gdef^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
- \gdef^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
- \gdef^^b3{\l}
- \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
- \gdef^^b5{\v l}
- \gdef^^b6{\'s}
- \gdef^^b7{\v{}}
- \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
- \gdef^^b9{\v s}
- \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s}
- \gdef^^bb{\v t}
- \gdef^^bc{\'z}
- \gdef^^bd{\H{}}
- \gdef^^be{\v z}
- \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z}
- %
- \gdef^^c0{\'R}
- \gdef^^c1{\'A}
- \gdef^^c2{\^A}
- \gdef^^c3{\u A}
- \gdef^^c4{\"A}
- \gdef^^c5{\'L}
- \gdef^^c6{\'C}
- \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
- \gdef^^c8{\v C}
- \gdef^^c9{\'E}
- \gdef^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
- \gdef^^cb{\"E}
- \gdef^^cc{\v E}
- \gdef^^cd{\'I}
- \gdef^^ce{\^I}
- \gdef^^cf{\v D}
- %
- \gdef^^d0{\DH}
- \gdef^^d1{\'N}
- \gdef^^d2{\v N}
- \gdef^^d3{\'O}
- \gdef^^d4{\^O}
- \gdef^^d5{\H O}
- \gdef^^d6{\"O}
- \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
- \gdef^^d8{\v R}
- \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U}
- \gdef^^da{\'U}
- \gdef^^db{\H U}
- \gdef^^dc{\"U}
- \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
- \gdef^^de{\cedilla T}
- \gdef^^df{\ss}
- %
- \gdef^^e0{\'r}
- \gdef^^e1{\'a}
- \gdef^^e2{\^a}
- \gdef^^e3{\u a}
- \gdef^^e4{\"a}
- \gdef^^e5{\'l}
- \gdef^^e6{\'c}
- \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
- \gdef^^e8{\v c}
- \gdef^^e9{\'e}
- \gdef^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
- \gdef^^eb{\"e}
- \gdef^^ec{\v e}
- \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
- \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
- \gdef^^ef{\v d}
- %
- \gdef^^f0{\dh}
- \gdef^^f1{\'n}
- \gdef^^f2{\v n}
- \gdef^^f3{\'o}
- \gdef^^f4{\^o}
- \gdef^^f5{\H o}
- \gdef^^f6{\"o}
- \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
- \gdef^^f8{\v r}
- \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u}
- \gdef^^fa{\'u}
- \gdef^^fb{\H u}
- \gdef^^fc{\"u}
- \gdef^^fd{\'y}
- \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t}
- \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
+ \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
+ \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a3{\L}
+ \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
+ \gdefchar^^a5{\v L}
+ \gdefchar^^a6{\'S}
+ \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
+ \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a9{\v S}
+ \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S}
+ \gdefchar^^ab{\v T}
+ \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z}
+ \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
+ \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z}
+ \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
+ \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
+ \gdefchar^^b3{\l}
+ \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b5{\v l}
+ \gdefchar^^b6{\'s}
+ \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+ \gdefchar^^b9{\v s}
+ \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s}
+ \gdefchar^^bb{\v t}
+ \gdefchar^^bc{\'z}
+ \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}}
+ \gdefchar^^be{\v z}
+ \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^c0{\'R}
+ \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
+ \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
+ \gdefchar^^c3{\u A}
+ \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
+ \gdefchar^^c5{\'L}
+ \gdefchar^^c6{\'C}
+ \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
+ \gdefchar^^c8{\v C}
+ \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
+ \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
+ \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
+ \gdefchar^^cc{\v E}
+ \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
+ \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
+ \gdefchar^^cf{\v D}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
+ \gdefchar^^d1{\'N}
+ \gdefchar^^d2{\v N}
+ \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
+ \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
+ \gdefchar^^d5{\H O}
+ \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
+ \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+ \gdefchar^^d8{\v R}
+ \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U}
+ \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
+ \gdefchar^^db{\H U}
+ \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
+ \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
+ \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T}
+ \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^e0{\'r}
+ \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
+ \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
+ \gdefchar^^e3{\u a}
+ \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
+ \gdefchar^^e5{\'l}
+ \gdefchar^^e6{\'c}
+ \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
+ \gdefchar^^e8{\v c}
+ \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
+ \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
+ \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
+ \gdefchar^^ec{\v e}
+ \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
+ \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
+ \gdefchar^^ef{\v d}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
+ \gdefchar^^f1{\'n}
+ \gdefchar^^f2{\v n}
+ \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
+ \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
+ \gdefchar^^f5{\H o}
+ \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
+ \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+ \gdefchar^^f8{\v r}
+ \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u}
+ \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
+ \gdefchar^^fb{\H u}
+ \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
+ \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
+ \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t}
+ \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
}
% UTF-8 character definitions.
@@ -9160,38 +10261,94 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
\fi
}
+% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences
\begingroup
\catcode`\~13
+ \catcode`\$12
\catcode`\"12
+ % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp
+ % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value.
\def\UTFviiiLoop{%
\global\catcode\countUTFx\active
\uccode`\~\countUTFx
+ \uccode`\$\countUTFx
\uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
\advance\countUTFx by 1
\ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
\expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
\fi}
+ % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to
+ % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files.
+ \countUTFx = "80
+ \countUTFy = "C2
+ \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}%
+ \UTFviiiLoop
+
\countUTFx = "C2
\countUTFy = "E0
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}}
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $%
+ \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\countUTFx = "E0
\countUTFy = "F0
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}}
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $%
+ \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\countUTFx = "F0
\countUTFy = "F4
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}}
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $%
+ \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi
+ }}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\endgroup
+\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below
+
+% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it.
+\def\U#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is
+ % active. However, if the font does not have the glyph,
+ % letters are missing.
+ \begingroup
+ \uccode`\.="#1\relax
+ \uppercase{.}
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \csname uni:#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control
+% sequence to be defined.
+\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{%
+ \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}%
+\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{%
+ \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}%
+\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{%
+ \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}%
+
+% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX),
+% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character;
+% this gets used by the @U command
+%
\begingroup
\catcode`\"=12
\catcode`\<=12
@@ -9200,459 +10357,849 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
\catcode`\;=12
\catcode`\!=12
\catcode`\~=13
-
- \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{%
+ \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{%
\countUTFz = "#1\relax
- %\wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}%
\begingroup
\parseXMLCharref
- \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{%
- \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}%
- \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{%
- \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}%
- \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{%
- \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
+
+ % Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's
+ % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g.
+ %
+ % 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2
+ % 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname
+ % 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token)
+ %
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else
+ \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % define an additional control sequence for this code point.
+ \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp
\endgroup}
-
+ %
+ % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp
+ % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence.
\gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
\ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
\parseUTFviiiA,%
- \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,%
+ \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,%
\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
\parseUTFviiiA;%
\parseUTFviiiA,%
- \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}%
+ \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}%
\else
\parseUTFviiiA;%
\parseUTFviiiA,%
\parseUTFviiiA!%
- \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}%
+ \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}%
\fi\fi\fi
}
+ % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx.
+ % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence.
+ % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one
+ % of the bytes.
\gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
\countUTFx = \countUTFz
\divide\countUTFz by 64
- \countUTFy = \countUTFz
+ \countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz.
\multiply\countUTFz by 64
+
+ % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract
+ % in order to get the last five bits.
\advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
+
+ % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence.
\advance\countUTFx by 128
\uccode `#1\countUTFx
\countUTFz = \countUTFy}
+ % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp
+ % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8
+ % sequence.
+ % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros.
+ % #3 is always a full stop (.)
+ % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these
+ % bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's.
\gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
\advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
\uccode `#3\countUTFz
\uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
\endgroup
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally
+%
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{%
+ \catcode"#1=\other
+}
+
+% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M
+% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block)
+% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block)
+% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A
+% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B
+%
+% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing
+% characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts
+% awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without
+% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years,
+% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else.
+% We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at
+% least make most of the characters not bomb out.
+%
+\def\unicodechardefs{%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}%
+ %
+ % Greek letters upper case
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}%
+ %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}%
+ %
+ % Vowels with accents
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}%
+ %
+ % Standalone accent
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}%
+ %
+ % Greek letters lower case
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}%
+ %
+ % More Greek vowels with accents
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}%
+ %
+ % Variant Greek letters
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}%
+ %
+ % Punctuation
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}%
+ %
+ % Mathematical symbols
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2127}{\ensuremath\mho}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BE}{\ensuremath\upharpoonright}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21DD}{\ensuremath\leadsto}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2201}{\ensuremath\complement}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228F}{\ensuremath\sqsubset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2290}{\ensuremath\sqsupset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22B4}{\ensuremath\unlhd}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22B5}{\ensuremath\unrhd}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25A1}{\ensuremath\Box}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\Diamond}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A1D}{\ensuremath\Join}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}%
+ %
+ \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}%
+}% end of \unicodechardefs
+
+% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command)
+% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence.
\def\utfeightchardefs{%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv}
-}% end of \utfeightchardefs
+ \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii
+ \unicodechardefs
+}
+% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to
+% non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to
+% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for
+% printing the correct glyphs.
+\newif\ifpassthroughchars
+\passthroughcharsfalse
+
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character
+%
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{%
+ \catcode"#1=\active
+ \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{%
+ \begingroup
+ \uccode`\~="##2\relax
+ \uppercase{\gdef~}{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars
+ ##1%
+ \else
+ ##3%
+ \fi
+ }
+ \endgroup
+ }
+ \begingroup
+ \uccode`\.="#1\relax
+ \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}%
+ \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition.
+% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters.
+\def\nativeunicodechardefs{%
+ \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative
+ \unicodechardefs
+}
+
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% make the character token expand
+% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing.
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{%
+ \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2}
+ \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp
+}
+
+% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX).
+\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{%
+ \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU
+ \unicodechardefs
+}
% US-ASCII character definitions.
\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
\relax
}
+% define all Unicode characters we know about, for the sake of @U.
+\iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \nativeunicodechardefsatu
+\else
+ \utfeightchardefs
+\fi
+
+
% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with
% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a
% document encoding.
@@ -9708,12 +11255,12 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
\advance\vsize by \topskip
\outervsize = \vsize
\advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
- \pageheight = \vsize
+ \txipageheight = \vsize
%
\hsize = #2\relax
\outerhsize = \hsize
\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
- \pagewidth = \hsize
+ \txipagewidth = \hsize
%
\normaloffset = #4\relax
\bindingoffset = #5\relax
@@ -9725,6 +11272,13 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
% whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
\pdfhorigin = 1 true in
\pdfvorigin = 1 true in
+ \else
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+ \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+ % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin.
+ \fi
\fi
%
\setleading{\textleading}
@@ -9912,44 +11466,47 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
% this is not a problem.
\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-% Turn off all special characters except @
-% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Set catcodes for Texinfo file
+
+% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph.
% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-
+%
\catcode`\"=\active
\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt\char126}}
-\chardef\hat=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active
-\def^{{\tt \hat}}
+\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde
+\chardef\hatchar=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat
\catcode`\_=\active
\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-\let\realunder=_
-% Subroutine for the previous macro.
\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+\let\realunder=_
+
+\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}}
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt\char124}}
\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\def<{{\tt \less}}
+\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless
\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
-\catcode`\+=\active
-\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-\catcode`\$=\active
-\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr
+\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
-% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
-\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+
+% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page
+% breaks in the middle of an @tex block.
+\def\texinfochars{%
+ \let< = \activeless
+ \let> = \activegtr
+ \let~ = \activetilde
+ \let^ = \activehat
+ \markupsetuplqdefault \markupsetuprqdefault
+ \let\b = \strong
+ \let\i = \smartitalic
+ % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too.
+}
% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
% parsing them.
@@ -9969,23 +11526,22 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
-% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
+% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
% in fixed width font.
\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on.
-% The story here is that in math mode, the \char of \backslashcurfont
-% ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol font (because \char
-% in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex sets
-% \mathcode`\\="026E). It seems better for @backslashchar{} to always
-% print a typewriter backslash, hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
+% Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use
+% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char
+% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol
+% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex
+% sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the
% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
-@def@normalbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
-@let@backslashchar = @normalbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
-% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
-% @let \ = @normalbackslash
+@def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
+@let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
+
% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
% catcode other. We switch back and forth between these.
@@ -9993,51 +11549,89 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'. Also revert - to its normal character, in
-% case the active - from code has slipped in.
+% the literal character `\'.
%
{@catcode`- = @active
@gdef@normalturnoffactive{%
+ @passthroughcharstrue
@let-=@normaldash
@let"=@normaldoublequote
@let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
@let+=@normalplus
@let<=@normalless
@let>=@normalgreater
- @let\=@normalbackslash
@let^=@normalcaret
@let_=@normalunderscore
@let|=@normalverticalbar
@let~=@normaltilde
+ @let\=@ttbackslash
@markupsetuplqdefault
@markupsetuprqdefault
@unsepspaces
}
}
-% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
-% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
-@otherifyactive
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on.
+@catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other
+% \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo'
+%
% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
% a backslash.
-%
-@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
-@global@let\ = @eatinput
+% If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after
+% the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error.
+% This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex.
+% We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden.
+{
+@catcode`@^=7
+@catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{%
+ @global@let\ = @eatinput%
+ @catcode`@^^M=13%
+ @def@c{@fixbackslash@c}%
+ % Definition for the newline at the end of this file.
+ @def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}%
+ % Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file.
+ @gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}%
+}}
+
+{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}}
+
+% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token
+% appears by mistake.
+{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13%
+@gdef@enableemergencynewline{%
+ @gdef^^M{%
+ @par%
+ %<warning: active newline>@par%
+}}}
+
-% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
-% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
-% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-%
@gdef@fixbackslash{%
- @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+ @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi
+ @catcode13=5 % regular end of line
+ @enableemergencynewline
+ @let@c=@texinfoc
+ % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
+ % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
@catcode`+=@active
@catcode`@_=@active
+ %
+ % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+ % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets
+ % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf
+ % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format
+ % file for Texinfo.
+ %
+ @openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+ @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi
+ @closein 1
}
+
% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
@escapechar = `@@
@@ -10066,7 +11660,7 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
@c Local variables:
@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page"
@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
@c time-stamp-end: "}"
@@ -10074,6 +11668,4 @@ directory should work if nowhere else does.}
@c vim:sw=2:
-@ignore
- arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
-@end ignore
+@enablebackslashhack
diff --git a/lib/update-copyright b/lib/update-copyright
index 308fbf17f..2d20d211c 100755
--- a/lib/update-copyright
+++ b/lib/update-copyright
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wS -0777 -pi "$0" ${1+"$@"}'
+eval '(exit $?0)' && eval 'exec perl -wS -0777 -pi "$0" "$@"'
& eval 'exec perl -wS -0777 -pi "$0" $argv:q'
if 0;
# Update an FSF copyright year list to include the current year.
-my $VERSION = '2013-01-03.09:41'; # UTC
+my $VERSION = '2016-01-12.23:13'; # UTC
-# Copyright (C) 2009-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ use strict;
use warnings;
my $copyright_re = 'Copyright';
-my $circle_c_re = '(?:\([cC]\)|@copyright{}|&copy;)';
+my $circle_c_re = '(?:\([cC]\)|@copyright\{}|\\\\\(co|&copy;)';
my $holder = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER};
$holder ||= 'Free Software Foundation, Inc.';
my $prefix_max = 5;
@@ -269,6 +269,6 @@ else
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H:%02M"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
# End:
View Lorry Controller Status